1 #LyX 2.0.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
52 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
53 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
55 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
57 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
58 \use_default_options false
59 \maintain_unincluded_children false
65 \font_typewriter default
66 \font_default_family default
74 \default_output_format default
75 \bibtex_command default
76 \index_command default
80 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
81 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
85 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
86 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
87 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
92 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
93 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
102 \paperorientation portrait
120 \paragraph_separation indent
121 \paragraph_indentation default
122 \quotes_language english
125 \paperpagestyle default
126 \tracking_changes true
127 \output_changes false
128 \html_use_mathml true
130 \author 1 "Richard Heck"
144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
146 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
148 \begin_inset CommandInset href
150 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
161 \begin_inset Newline newline
165 \begin_inset Newline newline
169 \begin_inset Note Note
172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
173 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
174 \begin_inset Newline newline
179 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
187 \begin_layout Standard
188 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
189 LatexCommand tableofcontents
196 \begin_layout Chapter
200 \begin_layout Section
204 \begin_layout Standard
205 LyX is a document preparation system.
206 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
207 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
208 It is unlike most other
209 \begin_inset Quotes eld
213 \begin_inset Quotes erd
216 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
218 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
231 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
234 pt type, left justified, 5
235 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
239 \begin_inset Quotes erd
243 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
247 \begin_layout Standard
248 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
261 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
265 \begin_layout Standard
267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
275 \begin_inset Quotes erd
278 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
279 the format of all of the manuals.
280 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
281 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
298 \begin_layout Section
302 \begin_layout Standard
303 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
305 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
306 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
310 \begin_layout Standard
311 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
312 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
313 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
315 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
316 only a vertical scrollbar.
317 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
318 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
319 This, however, is due
320 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
321 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
322 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
323 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
325 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
326 this doesn't work for equations yet.
329 \begin_layout Standard
330 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
338 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
343 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
344 ing sections of this documentation.
347 \begin_layout Section
351 \begin_layout Standard
352 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
357 of the manuals from inside LyX.
358 Just select the manual you want read from the
365 \begin_layout Section
367 \begin_inset CommandInset label
369 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
376 \begin_layout Standard
377 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
378 without resorting to configuration files.
379 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
380 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
381 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
386 \begin_inset Index idx
389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
396 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
397 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
398 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
402 \begin_inset space \space{}
405 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
406 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
408 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
412 \begin_inset Index idx
415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
416 Reconfiguration of LyX
421 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
424 \begin_layout Section
426 \begin_inset CommandInset label
428 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
435 \begin_layout Standard
436 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
437 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
460 that will be created when using the menu
462 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
481 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
482 \begin_inset Note Note
485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
486 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
494 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
495 More about TeX Code is described in section
500 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
502 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
506 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
511 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
513 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
523 \begin_inset Index idx
526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
527 Reconfiguration of LyX
535 \begin_layout Chapter
539 \begin_layout Section
540 Basic File Operations
541 \begin_inset Index idx
544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
553 \begin_layout Standard
558 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
559 in addition to some more advanced operations:
562 \begin_layout Itemize
566 \begin_inset Graphics
567 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
568 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
575 \begin_layout Itemize
593 \begin_layout Itemize
599 \begin_inset Graphics
600 filename ../images/file-open.png
601 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
608 \begin_layout Itemize
614 \begin_layout Itemize
620 \begin_inset Graphics
621 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
622 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
629 \begin_layout Itemize
639 \begin_layout Itemize
653 \begin_layout Itemize
663 \begin_layout Itemize
669 \begin_layout Itemize
675 \begin_layout Itemize
681 \begin_inset Graphics
682 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
683 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
690 \begin_layout Itemize
696 \begin_layout Standard
697 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
698 a few minor differences.
701 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
716 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
717 you for a template to use.
718 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
719 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
720 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
726 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
728 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
735 \begin_layout Standard
737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
760 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
761 space is just that — a big, blank space.
764 \begin_layout Standard
785 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
790 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
815 will reload the document from disk.
816 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
817 and want to restore it to the last save.
826 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
827 can identify them as your changes.
830 \begin_layout Section
831 Basic Editing Features
832 \begin_inset Index idx
835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
842 \begin_inset CommandInset label
844 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
851 \begin_layout Standard
852 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
853 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
854 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
855 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
857 We'll start with cut and paste.
860 \begin_layout Standard
861 As you might expect, the
865 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
866 various other editing features.
867 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
871 \begin_layout Itemize
877 \begin_inset Graphics
878 filename ../images/cut.png
879 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
886 \begin_layout Itemize
892 \begin_inset Graphics
893 filename ../images/copy.png
894 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
901 \begin_layout Itemize
907 \begin_inset Graphics
908 filename ../images/paste.png
909 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
916 \begin_layout Itemize
926 \begin_layout Itemize
936 \begin_layout Itemize
950 \begin_inset Graphics
951 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
952 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
960 \begin_layout Standard
961 The first three are self-explanatory.
962 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
963 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
972 keys also functions as the
977 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
978 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
983 to get back the lost text.
986 \begin_layout Standard
987 \begin_inset Index idx
990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
996 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1000 \begin_inset space ~
1005 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1008 \begin_layout Standard
1011 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1013 \begin_inset space ~
1016 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1018 \begin_inset space ~
1022 \begin_inset space ~
1027 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1033 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1037 \begin_inset space ~
1042 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1043 will start a new paragraph.
1046 \begin_layout Standard
1047 \begin_inset Index idx
1050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1057 \begin_inset Index idx
1060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1068 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1070 \begin_inset space ~
1074 \begin_inset space ~
1082 \begin_inset space ~
1086 \begin_inset space ~
1092 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1097 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1100 \begin_inset space ~
1109 \begin_inset space ~
1114 button to skip the current word.
1118 \begin_inset space ~
1123 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1127 \begin_inset space ~
1132 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1134 If the toggle is set, searching for
1135 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1146 will not match the word
1147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1161 Match whole words only
1163 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
1164 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1194 \begin_layout Standard
1195 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1196 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1198 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1203 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1210 \begin_layout Section
1212 \begin_inset Index idx
1215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1222 \begin_inset Index idx
1225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1232 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1234 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1241 \begin_layout Standard
1242 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1243 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1246 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1249 or the toolbar button
1250 \begin_inset Graphics
1251 filename ../images/undo.png
1252 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1256 to undo some mistake.
1257 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1259 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1262 or the toolbar button
1263 \begin_inset Graphics
1264 filename ../images/redo.png
1265 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1277 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1278 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1281 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1284 \begin_layout Standard
1285 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1294 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1295 This is a consequence of the 100
1296 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1299 step undo limit, above.
1302 \begin_layout Standard
1311 work on almost everything in LyX.
1312 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1316 \begin_layout Section
1318 \begin_inset Index idx
1321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1330 \begin_layout Standard
1331 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1334 \begin_layout Enumerate
1339 \begin_layout Itemize
1344 once anywhere in the edit window.
1345 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1349 \begin_layout Enumerate
1354 \begin_layout Itemize
1360 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1363 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1366 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1369 \begin_layout Itemize
1370 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1372 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1379 \begin_layout Enumerate
1380 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1384 \begin_layout Standard
1385 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1386 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1390 \begin_layout Enumerate
1395 \begin_layout Standard
1400 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1405 \begin_layout Section
1407 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1409 name "sec:Navigating"
1414 \begin_inset Index idx
1417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1426 \begin_layout Standard
1427 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1430 \begin_layout Itemize
1435 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1436 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1439 \begin_layout Itemize
1442 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1445 or the toolbar button
1446 \begin_inset Graphics
1447 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1448 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1455 \begin_layout Standard
1456 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1457 (TOC) that is described in section
1458 \begin_inset space ~
1462 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1464 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1469 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1470 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1471 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1472 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1473 to the document, see section
1474 \begin_inset space ~
1478 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1480 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1489 option sorts the current list, and the
1493 option keeps it in the current view state.
1494 Keeping means that when you have e.
1495 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1499 \begin_inset space \space{}
1502 the subsections of section
1503 \begin_inset space ~
1506 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1507 \begin_inset space ~
1510 3, the subsections of section
1511 \begin_inset space ~
1514 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1519 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1520 \begin_inset space ~
1526 \begin_layout Standard
1528 \begin_inset space \space{}
1532 \begin_inset Graphics
1533 filename ../images/down.png
1534 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1539 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1544 \begin_inset space \space{}
1548 \begin_inset Graphics
1549 filename ../images/up.png
1550 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1555 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1559 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1561 So you can for example move section
1562 \begin_inset space ~
1566 \begin_inset space ~
1570 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1572 \begin_inset Graphics
1573 filename ../images/promote.png
1574 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1579 \begin_inset Graphics
1580 filename ../images/demote.png
1581 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1585 or the corresponding key bindings
1593 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1594 So you can for example make section
1595 \begin_inset space ~
1599 \begin_inset space ~
1603 \begin_inset space ~
1609 \begin_layout Standard
1611 \begin_inset Graphics
1612 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
1613 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
1618 jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1619 This is for example useful when you have a large document and navigated
1620 or scrolled to another document part to look for something, and want to
1621 go back to your last editing position.
1624 \begin_layout Section
1626 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1630 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1634 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1636 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1641 \begin_inset Index idx
1644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1651 \begin_inset Index idx
1654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1685 \begin_layout Standard
1686 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1688 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1689 is used to propose completions.
1692 \begin_layout Standard
1693 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1694 there are completions available.
1695 You can then press the
1699 key to use this completion.
1700 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1701 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1702 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1709 \begin_layout Standard
1710 In the preferences dialog, that is opened with the menu
1712 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1715 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1717 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1720 by deselecting the option
1727 Automatic inline completion
1729 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1730 To accept this proposal, use the
1739 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1740 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1742 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1746 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1748 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1755 \begin_layout Section
1757 \begin_inset Index idx
1760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1767 \begin_inset Index idx
1770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1799 \begin_inset Index idx
1802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1833 \begin_layout Standard
1834 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1835 LyX's default is CUA.
1838 \begin_layout Standard
1842 \begin_inset space ~
1850 \begin_inset space ~
1871 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1875 \begin_layout Labeling
1876 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1880 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1881 LatexCommand nomenclature
1883 description "Tabulator key"
1889 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1890 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1891 \begin_inset space ~
1895 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1897 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1902 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1904 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1908 , especially section
1909 \begin_inset space ~
1913 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1915 reference "sub:Lists"
1921 If you're still confused, look in the
1928 \begin_layout Labeling
1929 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1933 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1934 LatexCommand nomenclature
1936 description "Escape key"
1943 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1947 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1950 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1951 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1954 \begin_layout Labeling
1955 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1961 \begin_inset space ~
1965 \begin_inset space ~
1972 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1973 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1977 \begin_layout Standard
1978 There are three modifier keys:
1981 \begin_layout Labeling
1982 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2000 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2001 LatexCommand nomenclature
2003 description "Control key"
2007 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2008 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2012 \begin_layout Itemize
2021 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2024 \begin_layout Itemize
2033 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2036 \begin_layout Itemize
2045 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2049 \begin_layout Labeling
2050 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2068 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2069 LatexCommand nomenclature
2071 description "Shift key"
2075 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2076 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2079 \begin_layout Labeling
2080 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2086 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2098 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2099 LatexCommand nomenclature
2101 description "Alt or Meta key"
2105 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2106 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2107 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2113 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2115 menu accelerator keys
2118 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2119 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2123 \begin_layout Standard
2124 For example, the sequence
2125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2131 \begin_inset space ~
2135 \begin_inset space ~
2141 \begin_inset space ~
2149 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2168 \begin_inset space ~
2174 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2184 \begin_layout Standard
2189 manual lists all other things bound to the
2197 \begin_layout Standard
2198 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2199 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2200 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2201 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2202 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2203 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2204 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2205 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2206 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2214 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2221 followed by a capital
2228 \begin_layout Standard
2229 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2231 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2236 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2239 as explained in sec.
2240 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2244 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2246 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2253 \begin_layout Chapter
2255 \begin_inset Index idx
2258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2267 \begin_layout Section
2269 \begin_inset Index idx
2272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2281 \begin_layout Subsection
2285 \begin_layout Standard
2286 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2287 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2288 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2289 numbering schemes, and so on.
2290 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2291 and format the title of your document differently.
2294 \begin_layout Standard
2299 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2300 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2301 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2302 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2303 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2306 \begin_layout Standard
2307 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2308 how to adjust their properties.
2311 \begin_layout Subsection
2313 \begin_inset Index idx
2316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2323 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2325 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2332 \begin_layout Standard
2333 You can select a class using the
2335 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2337 \begin_inset Index idx
2340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2349 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2353 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2357 \begin_layout Standard
2358 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2362 \begin_layout Description
2363 Article for basic articles
2366 \begin_layout Description
2367 Report for basic reports
2370 \begin_layout Description
2371 Book for writing a book
2374 \begin_layout Description
2375 Letter for US-style letters
2378 \begin_layout Standard
2379 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2381 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2382 can be found in chapter
2384 Special Document Classes
2393 \begin_layout Description
2394 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2397 \begin_layout Description
2404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2413 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2417 \begin_layout Description
2418 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2419 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2420 There are three article layouts available.
2421 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2422 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2423 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2424 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2426 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2429 sequential numbering
2430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2433 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2434 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2435 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2436 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2439 \begin_layout Description
2440 Beamer Layout for presentations
2443 \begin_layout Description
2444 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2445 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2449 \begin_layout Description
2451 \begin_inset space ~
2454 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2457 \begin_layout Description
2458 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2461 \begin_layout Description
2464 Die TeXnische Komödie
2466 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2469 \begin_layout Description
2470 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2473 \begin_layout Description
2474 Foils Used to make transparencies
2477 \begin_layout Description
2478 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2481 \begin_layout Description
2482 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2483 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2487 \begin_layout Description
2488 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2489 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2492 \begin_layout Description
2493 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2496 \begin_layout Description
2497 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2500 \begin_layout Description
2501 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2502 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2505 \begin_layout Description
2506 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2509 \begin_layout Description
2514 LaTeX document class
2517 \begin_layout Description
2518 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2521 \begin_layout Description
2526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2533 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2534 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2536 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2539 \begin_layout Description
2540 Slides Used to make transparencies
2543 \begin_layout Description
2545 \begin_inset space ~
2548 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2549 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2552 \begin_layout Description
2553 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2556 \begin_layout Description
2561 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2564 \begin_layout Standard
2565 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2567 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2572 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2573 of the document classes.
2576 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2578 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2585 \begin_inset Index idx
2588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2597 \begin_layout Standard
2598 Modules load additional features to a document that are not by default available
2599 in the chosen document class.
2600 For example you might want to use write Braille (embossed printing) in
2602 This is of course not available in any document class, so you have to load
2603 the corresponding module in the
2609 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2613 \begin_inset Index idx
2616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2623 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2627 \begin_layout Standard
2628 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2636 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2637 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2645 \begin_layout Standard
2646 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2654 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2662 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2666 \begin_layout Standard
2667 Each class has a default set of options.
2668 Here's a quick table describing them:
2671 \begin_layout Standard
2672 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2678 \begin_layout Standard
2680 \begin_inset Tabular
2681 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2682 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2683 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2684 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2685 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2686 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2687 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3141 \begin_layout Standard
3142 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3148 \begin_layout Standard
3149 You're probably also wondering what
3150 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3154 \begin_inset space ~
3158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3162 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3163 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3168 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3173 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3183 headings, there are also
3191 headings, and so on.
3192 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3193 \begin_inset space ~
3197 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3199 reference "sub:Headings"
3206 \begin_layout Subsection
3208 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3210 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3215 \begin_inset Index idx
3218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3227 \begin_inset Index idx
3230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3239 \begin_layout Standard
3240 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3242 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3253 \begin_inset space ~
3258 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3260 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3261 to use for your document.
3262 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3266 \begin_layout Standard
3273 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3279 \begin_inset space ~
3284 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3285 You can choose between the following five options:
3288 \begin_layout Labeling
3289 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3294 Use default page style of current class.
3297 \begin_layout Labeling
3298 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3303 No page numbers or headings.
3306 \begin_layout Labeling
3307 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3315 \begin_layout Labeling
3316 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3321 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3322 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3323 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3326 \begin_layout Labeling
3327 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3332 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3338 \begin_inset Index idx
3341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3342 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3348 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3349 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3351 Check the documentation for the
3355 package for more details,
3356 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3365 \begin_layout Standard
3370 of paragraphs is described in section
3371 \begin_inset space ~
3375 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3377 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3384 \begin_layout Subsection
3385 Paper Size and Orientation
3386 \begin_inset Index idx
3389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3390 Document ! Paper size
3396 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3398 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3405 \begin_layout Standard
3406 You'll find the following options in the menu
3409 \begin_inset space ~
3414 of the dialog of the
3416 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3422 \begin_inset Index idx
3425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3434 \begin_layout Labeling
3435 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3439 \begin_inset space ~
3444 What size paper to print on.
3448 \begin_layout Itemize
3454 \begin_layout Itemize
3464 \begin_layout Itemize
3470 \begin_layout Itemize
3476 \begin_layout Itemize
3482 \begin_layout Itemize
3488 \begin_layout Itemize
3494 \begin_layout Labeling
3495 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3500 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3511 \begin_layout Labeling
3512 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3516 \begin_inset space ~
3521 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3522 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3525 \begin_layout Subsection
3527 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3534 \begin_inset Index idx
3537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3544 \begin_inset Index idx
3547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3556 \begin_layout Standard
3557 Paper margins are set in the menu
3559 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3563 \begin_inset Index idx
3566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3575 \begin_layout Standard
3576 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3577 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3578 the paper format and the font size into account.
3581 \begin_layout Subsection
3585 \begin_layout Standard
3586 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3591 That includes the paragraph environments.
3592 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3593 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3594 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX
3595 \change_inserted 1 1263335989
3596 will mark the paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3597 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3601 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3605 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3607 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3608 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3609 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3610 \change_deleted 1 1263335996
3611 sets the missing paragraph environments to
3615 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3616 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3617 the conversion and why it failed.
3622 \begin_layout Section
3623 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3624 \begin_inset Index idx
3627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3628 Paragraph ! Indentation
3636 \begin_layout Subsection
3638 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3640 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3647 \begin_layout Standard
3648 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3649 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3652 \begin_layout Standard
3653 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3654 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3655 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3656 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3660 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3666 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3667 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3668 language than English.
3669 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3672 \begin_layout Standard
3673 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3674 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3676 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3677 LyX takes care of that.
3678 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3680 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3681 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3682 of a page, and so on.
3686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3687 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3692 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3693 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3697 of these pre-coded spacings.
3698 We'll explain more later.
3701 \begin_layout Subsection
3702 Paragraph Separation
3703 \begin_inset Index idx
3706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3707 Paragraph ! Separation
3715 \begin_layout Standard
3716 To separate paragraphs, select
3727 \begin_inset space ~
3734 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3738 \begin_inset Index idx
3741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3747 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3748 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3749 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3752 \begin_layout Standard
3762 \begin_layout Standard
3763 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3764 \begin_inset space ~
3768 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3770 reference "cap:Units"
3775 The default length is 30
3776 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3782 \begin_layout Subsection
3786 \begin_layout Standard
3787 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3790 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3792 \begin_inset space ~
3797 dialog and toggle the
3800 \begin_inset space ~
3805 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
3808 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
3812 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3813 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3817 \begin_layout Standard
3818 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3819 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3822 \begin_layout Subsection
3824 \begin_inset Index idx
3827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3828 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3836 \begin_layout Standard
3839 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3843 \begin_inset Index idx
3846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3855 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3858 \begin_inset space ~
3867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3868 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3873 \begin_inset Index idx
3876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3877 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3882 installed to use this feature.
3890 \begin_layout Section
3891 Paragraph Environments
3892 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3894 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3899 \begin_inset Index idx
3902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3903 Paragraph ! Environments
3909 \begin_inset Index idx
3912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3913 Paragraph environments|(
3921 \begin_layout Subsection
3925 \begin_layout Standard
3926 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3929 \begin_layout Standard
3948 \begin_inset Newline newline
3951 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3952 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3953 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3962 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3965 \begin_layout Standard
3966 A paragraph environment is simply a
3967 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3971 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3974 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3975 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3976 scheme, labels, and so on.
3977 Additionally, you can
3978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3985 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3986 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3987 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3988 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3989 days of typewriters.
3990 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3992 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3995 \begin_layout Standard
3996 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3997 \begin_inset Graphics
3998 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4004 at the left end of the toolbar.
4005 LyX will change the environment of the
4009 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4010 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4011 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4015 \begin_layout Standard
4024 create a new paragraph using the
4028 paragraph environment.
4030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4037 because if you are in one of these environments:
4040 \begin_layout Itemize
4046 \begin_layout Itemize
4052 \begin_layout Itemize
4058 \begin_layout Itemize
4064 \begin_layout Itemize
4070 \begin_layout Itemize
4076 \begin_layout Itemize
4082 \begin_layout Standard
4083 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4087 , rather than resetting it to
4092 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4093 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4094 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4095 \begin_inset space ~
4099 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4101 reference "sec:Nesting"
4106 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4111 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4112 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4116 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4122 \begin_layout Subsection
4126 \begin_layout Standard
4127 The default paragraph environment is
4132 It creates a plain paragraph.
4133 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4134 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4135 this manual) are in the
4142 \begin_layout Standard
4143 You can nest a paragraph using the
4147 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4155 \begin_layout Subsection
4157 \begin_inset Index idx
4160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4169 \begin_layout Standard
4170 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4179 for thanks or contact information.
4180 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4181 page along with today's date.
4182 For other types of documents, the title
4183 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4187 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4190 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4194 \begin_layout Standard
4195 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4209 Here's how you use them:
4212 \begin_layout Itemize
4213 Put the title of your document in the
4220 \begin_layout Itemize
4221 Put the author name in the
4228 \begin_layout Itemize
4229 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4230 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4236 Note that using this environment is optional.
4237 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4238 If you don't want any date, add the line
4239 \begin_inset Newline newline
4249 \begin_inset Newline newline
4252 to the preamble of your document (menu
4254 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4260 \begin_layout Standard
4261 You can use footnotes to insert
4262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4269 or contact information.
4272 \begin_layout Subsection
4274 \begin_inset Index idx
4277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4284 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4293 \begin_layout Standard
4294 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4295 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4298 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4300 \begin_inset Index idx
4303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4304 Section headings ! Numbered
4312 \begin_layout Standard
4313 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4317 \begin_layout Enumerate
4323 \begin_layout Enumerate
4329 \begin_layout Enumerate
4335 \begin_layout Enumerate
4341 \begin_layout Enumerate
4347 \begin_layout Enumerate
4353 \begin_layout Enumerate
4359 \begin_layout Standard
4360 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4361 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4362 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4365 \begin_layout Standard
4366 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4367 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4368 You group the book into chapters.
4369 LyX does similar grouping:
4372 \begin_layout Itemize
4377 is divided in either
4388 \begin_layout Itemize
4400 \begin_layout Itemize
4412 \begin_layout Itemize
4424 \begin_layout Itemize
4436 \begin_layout Itemize
4448 \begin_layout Standard
4449 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4457 Not all document types use the
4461 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4466 is the top-level heading.
4474 \begin_layout Standard
4479 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4480 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4482 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4494 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4496 \begin_inset Index idx
4499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4500 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4508 \begin_layout Standard
4509 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4513 \begin_layout Enumerate
4519 \begin_layout Enumerate
4525 \begin_layout Enumerate
4531 \begin_layout Enumerate
4537 \begin_layout Enumerate
4543 \begin_layout Standard
4545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4552 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4553 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4554 table of contents, see section
4555 \begin_inset space ~
4559 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4568 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4569 Changing the Numbering
4570 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4572 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4579 \begin_layout Standard
4580 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4581 in the Table of Contents.
4582 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4584 Certain classes start with
4598 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4608 This is something you can change.
4611 \begin_layout Standard
4614 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4620 \begin_inset Index idx
4623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4634 \begin_inset space ~
4638 \begin_inset space ~
4643 you'll see two counters.
4648 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4650 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4654 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4655 Short Titles of Headings
4656 \begin_inset Index idx
4659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4660 Section headings ! Short titles
4669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4676 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4678 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4685 \begin_layout Standard
4686 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4687 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4688 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4689 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4692 \begin_layout Standard
4693 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4694 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4695 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4696 To specify a short title, use the menu
4698 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4700 \begin_inset space ~
4706 This will insert a box labeled
4707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4711 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4715 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4722 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4723 This also works for captions inside floats.
4726 \begin_layout Standard
4727 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4730 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4734 \begin_layout Standard
4735 The following information applies to all section headings:
4738 \begin_layout Itemize
4739 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4742 \begin_layout Itemize
4743 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4746 \begin_layout Itemize
4747 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4750 \begin_layout Itemize
4751 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4754 \begin_layout Subsection
4755 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4758 \begin_layout Standard
4759 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4773 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4774 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4775 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4776 the text they contain.
4777 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4785 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4788 \begin_layout Standard
4789 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4798 when you start a new paragraph.
4799 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4803 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4804 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4805 to change back to the
4809 environment yourself.
4812 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4822 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4829 \begin_inset Index idx
4832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4841 \begin_layout Standard
4842 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4843 time for the differences.
4852 are identical except for one difference:
4856 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4865 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4868 \begin_layout Standard
4869 Here's an example of the
4882 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4884 See – no indentation!
4888 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4889 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4890 the other paragraph.
4893 \begin_layout Standard
4894 Here's another example, this time in the
4901 \begin_layout Quotation
4907 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4908 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4909 the first line, then
4913 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4917 you were quoting other text.
4920 \begin_layout Quotation
4921 Here's a new paragraph.
4922 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4923 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4926 \begin_layout Standard
4927 As the examples show,
4931 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4932 They should put quotes in the
4937 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4941 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4944 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4950 \begin_inset Index idx
4953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4962 \begin_inset Index idx
4965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4972 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4981 \begin_layout Standard
4986 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4992 \begin_inset Newline newline
4995 Which I did not rehearse!
4999 It could be much worse.
5000 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5002 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5003 indented a bit more than the first.
5004 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5010 \begin_inset Newline newline
5013 And make things look fine
5014 \begin_inset Newline newline
5020 arg "newline-insert newline"
5026 \begin_layout Standard
5031 does not indent both margins.
5032 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5033 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5040 arg "newline-insert newline"
5046 \begin_layout Subsection
5048 \begin_inset Index idx
5051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5058 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5067 \begin_layout Standard
5068 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5078 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5087 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5088 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5089 some general features of all four of them.
5092 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5096 \begin_layout Standard
5097 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5099 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5108 reset the environment to
5112 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5113 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5114 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5118 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5121 to break paragraphs.
5124 \begin_layout Standard
5125 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5126 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5128 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5129 you read all of section
5130 \begin_inset space ~
5134 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5136 reference "sec:Nesting"
5144 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5150 \begin_inset Index idx
5153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5160 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5169 \begin_layout Standard
5170 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5174 paragraph environment.
5175 It has the following properties:
5178 \begin_layout Itemize
5179 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5183 \begin_layout Itemize
5184 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5187 \begin_layout Itemize
5188 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5192 \begin_layout Itemize
5193 The items can have any length.
5194 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5195 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5202 \begin_layout Itemize
5207 environment inside another
5211 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5215 \begin_layout Itemize
5216 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5219 \begin_layout Itemize
5220 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5223 \begin_layout Itemize
5225 \begin_inset space ~
5229 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5231 reference "sec:Nesting"
5235 for a full explanation of nesting.
5239 \begin_layout Standard
5240 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5249 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5252 \begin_layout Standard
5253 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5254 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5257 \begin_layout Itemize
5258 The label for the first level
5262 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5266 \begin_layout Itemize
5267 The label for the second level is a dash.
5271 \begin_layout Itemize
5272 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5276 \begin_layout Itemize
5277 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5281 \begin_layout Itemize
5282 Back out to the third level.
5286 \begin_layout Itemize
5287 Back to the second level.
5291 \begin_layout Itemize
5292 Back to the outermost level.
5295 \begin_layout Standard
5296 These are the default labels for an
5301 You can customize these labels in the
5303 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5306 dialog in the submenu
5313 \begin_inset Index idx
5316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5325 \begin_layout Standard
5326 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5327 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5329 \begin_inset space ~
5333 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5335 reference "sec:Nesting"
5342 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5348 \begin_inset Index idx
5351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5358 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5360 name "sec:Enumerate"
5367 \begin_layout Standard
5372 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5373 It has these properties:
5376 \begin_layout Enumerate
5377 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5381 \begin_layout Enumerate
5382 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5386 \begin_layout Enumerate
5387 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5390 \begin_layout Enumerate
5395 environment resets the counter to one.
5398 \begin_layout Enumerate
5411 \begin_layout Enumerate
5412 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5413 Items can have any length.
5416 \begin_layout Enumerate
5417 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5420 \begin_layout Enumerate
5421 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5424 \begin_layout Enumerate
5425 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5429 \begin_layout Standard
5438 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5439 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5446 \begin_layout Enumerate
5447 The first level of an
5451 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5455 \begin_layout Enumerate
5456 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5460 \begin_layout Enumerate
5461 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5465 \begin_layout Enumerate
5466 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5469 \begin_layout Enumerate
5470 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5475 \begin_layout Enumerate
5476 Back to the third level
5480 \begin_layout Enumerate
5481 Back to the second level.
5485 \begin_layout Enumerate
5486 Back to the outermost level.
5489 \begin_layout Standard
5490 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5495 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5500 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5504 \begin_layout Standard
5505 There is more to nesting
5509 environments than we've stated here.
5510 You should read section
5511 \begin_inset space ~
5515 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5517 reference "sec:Nesting"
5521 to learn more about nesting.
5524 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5530 \begin_inset Index idx
5533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5542 \begin_layout Standard
5543 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5547 list has no fixed label.
5548 Instead, LyX uses the first
5549 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5553 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5556 of the first line as the label.
5560 \begin_layout Description
5561 Example: This is an example of the
5568 \begin_layout Standard
5569 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5573 \begin_layout Standard
5575 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5579 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5582 it is meant that the first hit of the
5586 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5588 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5596 arg "space-insert protected"
5601 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5602 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5604 \begin_inset space ~
5610 \begin_inset space ~
5614 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5616 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5620 for more info.) Here is an example:
5623 \begin_layout Description
5625 \begin_inset space ~
5628 Example: This one shows how to use a
5631 \begin_inset space ~
5643 \begin_layout Description
5644 Usage: You should use the
5648 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5649 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5651 It's not a good idea to use a
5655 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5656 You're better off using
5668 paragraphs into them.
5671 \begin_layout Description
5672 Nesting: You can nest
5676 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5680 \begin_layout Standard
5681 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5682 them from the first line.
5685 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5691 \begin_inset Index idx
5694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5703 \begin_layout Standard
5708 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5711 \begin_layout Standard
5712 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5720 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5725 environment is named
5737 \begin_layout Standard
5746 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5747 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5750 \begin_layout Labeling
5751 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5753 \begin_inset space ~
5756 labels LyX uses the first
5757 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5764 of each line as the item label.
5769 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5770 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5771 blank as described above.
5774 \begin_layout Labeling
5775 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5776 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5777 the body of the item text.
5778 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5779 label width plus a little extra space.
5783 \begin_layout Labeling
5784 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5786 \begin_inset space ~
5789 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5791 If the label width is larger, the label
5792 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5796 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5799 into the first line.
5800 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5801 margin of the rest of the item text.
5804 \begin_layout Labeling
5805 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5807 \begin_inset space ~
5810 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5815 environment have the same left margin.
5816 \begin_inset Newline newline
5819 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5822 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5824 \begin_inset space ~
5833 \begin_inset space ~
5838 determines the default label width.
5839 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5841 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5845 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5848 multiple times instead.
5849 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5851 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5855 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5858 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5861 \begin_inset space ~
5866 every time you alter a label in a
5871 \begin_inset Newline newline
5874 The predefined default width is the length of
5875 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5879 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5884 \begin_inset Newline newline
5888 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5896 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5897 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5905 \begin_layout Standard
5910 environment the same way like the
5914 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5920 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5924 \begin_layout Standard
5929 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5931 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5933 \begin_inset space ~
5937 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5939 reference "sec:Nesting"
5943 to learn about nesting.
5946 \begin_layout Standard
5947 There is yet another feature of the
5951 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5953 You can use additional
5957 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5962 are documented in section
5963 \begin_inset space ~
5967 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5969 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5974 Here are some examples:
5975 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
5981 \begin_layout Labeling
5982 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5983 Left The default for
5990 \begin_layout Labeling
5991 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5992 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5999 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6002 \begin_layout Labeling
6003 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6004 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6008 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6015 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6018 \begin_layout Subsection
6020 \begin_inset Index idx
6023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6032 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6040 \begin_inset space ~
6048 \begin_layout Standard
6049 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6057 \begin_inset space ~
6063 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6064 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6065 In contrast, you can use the
6072 \begin_inset space ~
6077 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6078 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6082 \begin_layout Standard
6083 Of course, you're not limited to using
6090 \begin_inset space ~
6099 \begin_inset space ~
6104 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6105 some European academic papers.
6108 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6110 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6112 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6119 \begin_layout Standard
6124 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6125 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6129 \begin_inset space ~
6134 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6135 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6136 Here's an example of each:
6139 \begin_layout Right Address
6141 \begin_inset Newline newline
6145 \begin_inset Newline newline
6149 \begin_inset Newline newline
6152 When is it? What is today?
6155 \begin_layout Standard
6159 \begin_inset space ~
6165 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6166 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6167 Here's an example of the
6174 \begin_layout Address
6176 \begin_inset Newline newline
6179 Where do I send this
6180 \begin_inset Newline newline
6183 Your post office and country
6186 \begin_layout Standard
6187 As you can see, both
6194 \begin_inset space ~
6199 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6204 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6210 This makes sense, since
6218 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6219 Thus, you have to use
6226 arg "newline-insert newline"
6232 \begin_inset space ~
6235 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6237 \begin_inset space ~
6246 menu) to start a new line in an
6253 \begin_inset space ~
6261 \begin_layout Subsection
6265 \begin_layout Standard
6266 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6267 or list of references.
6268 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6271 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6275 \begin_inset Index idx
6278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6287 \begin_layout Standard
6292 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6293 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6294 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6295 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6299 in anything else or vice versa.
6305 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6306 The book document classes ignores the
6310 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6314 in a letter document class.
6317 \begin_layout Standard
6322 environment does several things for you.
6323 First, it puts the centered label
6324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6328 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6332 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6334 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6335 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6336 the subsequent text.
6337 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6338 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6341 \begin_layout Standard
6342 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6346 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6347 The new paragraph will still be in the
6352 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6353 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6356 \begin_layout Standard
6357 \begin_inset Float figure
6362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6364 \begin_inset Graphics
6365 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6373 \begin_inset Caption
6375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6376 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6378 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6399 \begin_layout Standard
6400 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6404 environment, but since this document is in the
6405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6412 class, we can't do this.
6413 We inserted it therefore as figure
6414 \begin_inset space ~
6418 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6420 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6425 If you've never heard of an
6426 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6433 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6436 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6442 \begin_inset Index idx
6445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6452 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6454 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6461 \begin_layout Standard
6466 environment is used to list references.
6467 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6468 only use it at the end of the document.
6473 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6476 \begin_layout Standard
6477 When you first open a
6481 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6486 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6494 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6497 depending on the document class.
6498 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6499 Each paragraph of the
6503 environment is a bibliography entry.
6508 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6509 Each new paragraph is still in the
6516 \begin_layout Standard
6517 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6518 by using a BibTeX database.
6519 For more information on that, and for a a detailed description of LyX's
6520 bibliography handling, have a look at in section
6521 \begin_inset space ~
6525 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6527 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6534 \begin_layout Subsection
6538 \begin_inset Index idx
6541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6542 Paragraph ! LyX code
6548 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6557 \begin_layout Standard
6562 environment is another LyX extension.
6563 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6568 key as a fixed whitespace;
6572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6584 \begin_inset space ~
6589 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6594 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6595 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6598 arg "newline-insert newline"
6615 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6616 So, when you finish using the
6620 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6621 Also, you can nest the
6625 environment inside of others.
6628 \begin_layout Standard
6629 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6632 \begin_layout Itemize
6636 arg "newline-insert newline"
6639 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6640 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6644 \begin_inset space \space{}
6654 arg "newline-insert newline"
6660 \begin_layout Itemize
6664 arg "newline-insert newline"
6675 \begin_layout Itemize
6680 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6687 \begin_layout Itemize
6691 arg "space-insert protected"
6698 \begin_layout Itemize
6699 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6700 You must put at least one
6704 in any line you want blank.
6705 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6708 \begin_layout Itemize
6709 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6713 since that will insert
6718 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6721 arg "self-insert \""
6727 \begin_layout Standard
6731 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6735 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6739 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6743 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6747 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6748 printf("Hello World!
6753 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6757 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6761 \begin_layout Standard
6762 This is just the standard
6763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6774 \begin_layout Standard
6779 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6780 rc-files, and so on.
6781 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6782 as if you used a typewriter.
6783 \begin_inset Index idx
6786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6787 Paragraph environments|)
6795 \begin_layout Section
6796 Nesting Environments
6797 \begin_inset Index idx
6800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6801 Nesting ! Environments
6807 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6816 \begin_layout Subsection
6820 \begin_layout Standard
6821 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6823 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
6825 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6827 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6829 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6833 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6839 \begin_layout Enumerate
6843 \begin_layout Enumerate
6848 \begin_layout Enumerate
6852 \begin_layout Enumerate
6857 \begin_layout Enumerate
6861 \begin_layout Standard
6862 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6863 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6866 \begin_inset space ~
6870 \begin_inset space ~
6878 \begin_inset space ~
6882 \begin_inset space ~
6891 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6892 will tell you how far you are nested).
6893 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6894 \begin_inset Graphics
6895 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6900 \begin_inset Graphics
6901 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6905 or the convenient key bindings
6916 arg "depth-increment"
6922 arg "depth-decrement"
6925 to change the nesting level.
6926 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6927 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6931 \begin_layout Standard
6932 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6933 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6934 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6935 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6938 \begin_layout Standard
6939 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6940 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6942 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6945 \begin_layout Subsection
6946 What You Can and Can't Nest
6949 \begin_layout Standard
6950 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6951 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6954 \begin_layout Standard
6955 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6956 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6957 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6960 \begin_layout Itemize
6961 Completely unnestable
6964 \begin_layout Itemize
6965 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
6969 \begin_layout Itemize
6970 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6974 \begin_layout Standard
6975 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6976 environments have them:
6979 \begin_layout Description
6980 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6981 Can't nest into them.
6985 \begin_layout Itemize
6991 \begin_layout Itemize
6997 \begin_layout Itemize
7003 \begin_layout Itemize
7009 \begin_layout Itemize
7016 \begin_layout Description
7018 \begin_inset space ~
7021 Nestable You can nest them.
7022 You can nest other things into them.
7026 \begin_layout Itemize
7032 \begin_layout Itemize
7038 \begin_layout Itemize
7044 \begin_layout Itemize
7050 \begin_layout Itemize
7056 \begin_layout Itemize
7062 \begin_layout Itemize
7068 \begin_layout Itemize
7075 \begin_layout Description
7076 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7077 You can't nest anything into them.
7081 \begin_layout Itemize
7087 \begin_layout Itemize
7093 \begin_layout Itemize
7099 \begin_layout Itemize
7105 \begin_layout Itemize
7111 \begin_layout Itemize
7117 \begin_layout Itemize
7123 \begin_layout Itemize
7129 \begin_layout Itemize
7135 \begin_layout Itemize
7141 \begin_layout Itemize
7147 \begin_layout Itemize
7153 \begin_layout Itemize
7159 \begin_layout Itemize
7163 \begin_inset space ~
7169 \begin_layout Itemize
7176 \begin_layout Standard
7177 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7185 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7194 \begin_inset space ~
7198 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7202 \begin_inset space \space{}
7205 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7206 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7207 section headings violate this.
7215 \begin_layout Subsection
7216 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7217 \begin_inset Index idx
7220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7221 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7229 \begin_layout Standard
7230 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7231 affected by nesting anyhow.
7235 \begin_layout Itemize
7239 \begin_layout Itemize
7243 \begin_layout Itemize
7247 \begin_layout Standard
7249 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7257 Figures and tables in
7261 are not affected by this.
7266 Have a look at section
7267 \begin_inset space ~
7271 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7273 reference "sec:Floats"
7277 for more information about
7284 \begin_layout Standard
7285 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7286 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7290 \begin_layout Standard
7291 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7299 of its own, it behaves just like a
7300 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7304 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7307 paragraph environment.
7308 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7312 \begin_layout Standard
7313 Here's an example with a table:
7316 \begin_layout Enumerate
7321 \begin_layout Enumerate
7322 This is (a) and it's nested.
7326 \begin_layout Standard
7327 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7333 \begin_layout Standard
7335 \begin_inset Tabular
7336 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7337 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7338 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7339 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7423 \begin_layout Standard
7424 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7431 \begin_layout Enumerate
7433 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7437 \begin_layout Enumerate
7441 \begin_layout Standard
7442 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7445 \begin_layout Enumerate
7450 \begin_layout Enumerate
7451 This is (a) and it's nested.
7455 \begin_layout Standard
7456 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7462 \begin_layout Standard
7464 \begin_inset Tabular
7465 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7466 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7467 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7468 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7552 \begin_layout Standard
7553 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7559 \begin_layout Enumerate
7566 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7569 \begin_layout Enumerate
7573 \begin_layout Standard
7574 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7578 \begin_layout Standard
7579 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7581 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7584 \begin_layout Enumerate
7589 \begin_layout Enumerate
7590 This is (a) and it's nested.
7593 \begin_layout Standard
7594 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7600 \begin_layout Standard
7602 \begin_inset Tabular
7603 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7604 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7605 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7606 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7690 \begin_layout Standard
7691 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7697 \begin_layout Enumerate
7699 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7707 \begin_layout Enumerate
7711 \begin_layout Standard
7712 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7718 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7719 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7723 \begin_layout Subsection
7724 Usage and General Features
7727 \begin_layout Standard
7728 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7730 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7734 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7737 is the innermost possible depth.
7738 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7741 \begin_layout Enumerate
7742 level #1 – outermost
7746 \begin_layout Enumerate
7751 \begin_layout Enumerate
7756 \begin_layout Enumerate
7761 \begin_layout Itemize
7766 \begin_layout Itemize
7775 \begin_layout Standard
7776 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7777 both of them in the example.
7778 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7788 For example, if we tried to nest another
7793 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7797 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7800 , we would get errors.
7803 \begin_layout Subsection
7805 \begin_inset Index idx
7808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7817 \begin_layout Standard
7818 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7819 We have several examples of nested environments.
7820 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7824 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7825 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7828 \begin_layout Labeling
7829 \labelwidthstring MMM
7830 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7839 \begin_layout Labeling
7840 \labelwidthstring MMM
7841 #2-a This is level #2.
7842 We created it by using
7845 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7851 arg "depth-increment"
7858 \begin_layout Labeling
7859 \labelwidthstring MMM
7860 #3-a This is level #3.
7861 This time, we just hit
7868 arg "depth-increment"
7872 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7876 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7882 arg "depth-increment"
7889 \begin_layout Standard
7894 environment, nested inside of
7895 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7899 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7903 So, it's at level #4.
7904 We did this by hitting
7907 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7913 arg "depth-increment"
7916 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7921 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
7937 \begin_layout Standard
7942 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7945 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7951 \begin_layout Labeling
7952 \labelwidthstring MMM
7953 #4-a This is level #4.
7957 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7960 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7965 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
7969 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7974 keep nesting things inside
7975 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7979 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7986 \begin_layout Labeling
7987 \labelwidthstring MMM
7988 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7993 \begin_layout Labeling
7994 \labelwidthstring MMM
7995 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7996 and this is level #6.
7997 By now, you should know how we made these two.
8001 \begin_layout Labeling
8002 \labelwidthstring MMM
8003 #5-b Back to level #5.
8007 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8013 arg "depth-decrement"
8020 \begin_layout Labeling
8021 \labelwidthstring MMM
8025 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8031 arg "depth-decrement"
8034 , we're back at level #4.
8038 \begin_layout Labeling
8039 \labelwidthstring MMM
8040 #3-b Back to level #3.
8041 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8045 \begin_layout Labeling
8046 \labelwidthstring MMM
8047 #2-b Back to level #2.
8052 \begin_layout Labeling
8053 \labelwidthstring MMM
8054 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8055 After this sentence, we'll hit
8059 and change the paragraph environment back to
8066 \begin_layout Standard
8067 We could have also used the
8083 environment in place of the
8088 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8091 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8092 Example 2: Inheritance
8095 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8096 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8099 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8108 arg "depth-increment"
8111 , after which, we'll change to the
8119 \begin_layout Enumerate
8124 environment, at level #2.
8127 \begin_layout Enumerate
8128 Notice how the nested
8132 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8136 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8140 \begin_layout Standard
8141 We ended this example by hitting
8146 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8150 and reset the nesting depth by using
8153 arg "depth-decrement"
8159 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8160 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8173 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8181 \begin_layout Enumerate
8182 This is level #1, in an
8186 paragraph environment.
8187 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8191 \begin_layout Enumerate
8196 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8202 arg "depth-increment"
8206 Now, what happens if we nest an
8210 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8211 label be? An asterisk?
8215 \begin_layout Itemize
8225 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8226 So, its label is a bullet.
8227 (We got here by using
8230 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8236 arg "depth-increment"
8239 , then changing the environment to
8247 \begin_layout Itemize
8248 Here's level #4, produced using
8251 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8257 arg "depth-increment"
8261 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8266 \begin_layout Enumerate
8267 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8269 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8274 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8278 , because we are in the
8287 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8306 \begin_layout Enumerate
8311 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8312 type of numbering does LyX use?
8315 \begin_layout Enumerate
8316 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8319 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8322 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8325 \begin_layout Enumerate
8329 arg "depth-decrement"
8332 to decrease the depth after the next
8335 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8342 \begin_layout Enumerate
8344 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8348 \begin_layout Enumerate
8350 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8351 numeral as the label.Why?
8354 \begin_layout Enumerate
8355 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8364 Notice, however, that LyX
8368 reset the counter for the label.
8372 \begin_layout Enumerate
8376 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8382 arg "depth-decrement"
8385 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8386 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8387 into the twofold-nested
8395 \begin_layout Enumerate
8396 The same thing happens if we do another
8399 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8405 arg "depth-decrement"
8408 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8411 \begin_layout Standard
8412 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8417 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8431 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8437 The same rule applies for the
8441 environment, as well.
8444 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8445 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8448 \begin_layout Enumerate
8449 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8450 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8451 same detail with how we did it.
8460 \begin_layout Standard
8468 arg "depth-increment"
8475 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8476 example in parentheses someplace.
8477 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8478 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8479 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8483 \begin_layout Enumerate
8488 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8493 Now we'll add verse.
8494 \begin_inset Newline newline
8497 It will get much worse.
8498 \begin_inset Newline newline
8508 arg "depth-increment"
8519 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8520 \begin_inset Newline newline
8523 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8524 \begin_inset Newline newline
8530 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8543 \begin_layout Standard
8544 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8550 \begin_layout Standard
8552 \begin_inset Tabular
8553 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8554 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8555 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8556 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8645 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8655 arg "depth-increment"
8661 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8671 arg "depth-decrement"
8678 \begin_layout Enumerate
8683 : level #1) This is another item.
8684 Note that selecting a
8688 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8689 3 times to put the table inside the
8697 \begin_layout Quotation
8698 We're now ending the
8702 list and changing to
8707 We're still at level #1.
8708 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8709 The next set of paragraphs is a
8710 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8714 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8724 \begin_inset space ~
8729 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8733 for the letter body.
8737 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8740 to preserve the depth.
8741 Remember that you need to use
8744 arg "newline-insert newline"
8747 to create multiple lines inside the
8754 \begin_inset space ~
8764 \begin_layout Right Address
8766 \begin_inset Newline newline
8769 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8770 \begin_inset Newline newline
8776 \begin_layout Address
8778 \begin_inset space ~
8784 \begin_layout Quotation
8785 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8786 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8789 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8790 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8791 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8792 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8793 as soon as possible.
8794 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8797 \begin_layout Quotation
8798 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8799 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8800 with your order, along with payment.
8803 \begin_layout Quotation
8804 We thank you again for your patience.
8807 \begin_layout Address
8809 \begin_inset Newline newline
8816 \begin_layout Quotation
8817 That ends that example!
8820 \begin_layout Standard
8821 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8822 just a few keystrokes.
8823 We could have easily nested an
8844 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8847 \begin_layout Section
8848 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8849 \begin_inset Index idx
8852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8861 \begin_layout Standard
8862 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
8863 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8864 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8865 be broken at the end of a line.
8866 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8870 \begin_layout Subsection
8872 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8874 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8879 \begin_inset Index idx
8882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8891 \begin_layout Standard
8892 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8894 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8898 Further documentation is given in section
8899 \begin_inset Newline newline
8903 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8905 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8913 \begin_layout Standard
8914 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8915 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8919 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8923 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8927 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8929 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8938 A protected space is set with
8940 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8941 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8945 \begin_inset space ~
8955 arg "space-insert protected"
8961 \begin_layout Subsection
8963 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8965 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8970 \begin_inset Index idx
8973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8974 Spacing ! Horizontal
8982 \begin_layout Standard
8983 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8985 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8986 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8990 The length units are listed in Appendix
8991 \begin_inset space ~
8995 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8997 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9004 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9006 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9008 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
9013 \begin_inset Index idx
9016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9025 \begin_layout Standard
9027 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9031 \begin_inset space \space{}
9034 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9035 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9036 \begin_inset space ~
9040 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9042 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9047 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9048 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9051 arg "space-insert normal"
9057 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9059 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9061 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9066 \begin_inset Index idx
9069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9078 \begin_layout Standard
9080 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9087 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9092 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9096 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9097 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9098 inside abbreviations:
9103 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9107 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9110 \begin_layout Standard
9111 or between values and units.
9112 Compare for example this:
9113 \begin_inset Newline newline
9117 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9121 \begin_inset Newline newline
9127 \begin_layout Standard
9128 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9130 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9131 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9133 \begin_inset space ~
9141 arg "space-insert thin"
9147 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9149 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9151 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9158 \begin_layout Standard
9159 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9162 \begin_layout Description
9164 \begin_inset space ~
9168 \begin_inset space ~
9172 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9176 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9180 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9183 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9186 \begin_layout Description
9188 \begin_inset space ~
9192 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9196 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9200 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9204 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9208 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9211 em) space between the arrows.
9214 \begin_layout Description
9216 \begin_inset space ~
9220 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9224 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9228 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9232 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9236 \begin_inset space ~
9240 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9243 em) space between the arrows.
9246 \begin_layout Description
9248 \begin_inset space ~
9252 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9256 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9260 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9264 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9268 \begin_inset space ~
9272 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9275 em) space between the arrows.
9278 \begin_layout Description
9280 \begin_inset space ~
9284 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9288 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9293 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9297 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9300 cm space between the arrows.
9303 \begin_layout Standard
9305 \begin_inset space ~
9309 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9311 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9315 lists the different space sizes.
9318 \begin_layout Standard
9319 \begin_inset Float table
9324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9326 \begin_inset Caption
9328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9329 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9331 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9335 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9345 \begin_inset Tabular
9346 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9347 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9348 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9349 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9389 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9413 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9437 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9461 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9476 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9489 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9504 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9517 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9532 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9545 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9566 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9572 \begin_inset Index idx
9575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9584 \begin_layout Standard
9585 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9586 in a uniform fashion.
9587 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9588 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9589 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9590 equally between themselves.
9594 \begin_layout Standard
9595 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9600 This is on the left side
9601 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9604 This is on the right
9610 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9614 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9623 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9627 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9631 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9637 \begin_layout Standard
9638 That was an example in the
9644 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9648 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9652 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9655 is one in a standard paragraph.
9656 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9660 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9663 \begin_layout Standard
9664 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9667 \begin_inset space ~
9672 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9675 \begin_layout Standard
9677 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9681 \begin_inset space ~
9687 \begin_layout Standard
9689 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9693 \begin_inset space ~
9699 \begin_layout Standard
9701 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9705 \begin_inset space ~
9711 \begin_layout Standard
9713 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9717 \begin_inset space ~
9723 \begin_layout Standard
9725 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9729 \begin_inset space ~
9735 \begin_layout Standard
9737 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9741 \begin_inset space ~
9747 \begin_layout Standard
9748 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9756 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9760 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9761 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9762 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9766 option in the space dialog.
9774 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9776 \begin_inset Index idx
9779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9788 \begin_layout Standard
9789 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9791 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9795 \begin_inset space \space{}
9798 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9801 \begin_layout Standard
9802 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9805 What is correct English?:
9806 \begin_inset Newline newline
9810 \begin_inset Newline newline
9814 \begin_inset space ~
9817 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9818 \begin_inset Newline newline
9825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9836 \begin_inset Newline newline
9843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9854 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9860 \begin_layout Standard
9861 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9866 \begin_inset space ~
9870 \begin_inset space ~
9874 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9878 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9890 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9894 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9896 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9900 for more information about TeX-Code.
9906 In our case write the command
9913 (note the space after
9914 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9918 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9921 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9922 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9923 That is why it is named
9924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9936 There exists also the commands
9948 , but this too special for the LyX User Guide.
9949 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9950 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9952 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9964 \begin_layout Subsection
9966 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9968 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9973 \begin_inset Index idx
9976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9985 \begin_layout Standard
9986 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9988 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9989 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9991 \begin_inset space ~
9997 There you find the following sizes:
10000 \begin_layout Standard
10013 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10018 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10020 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10024 \begin_inset Index idx
10027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10028 Document ! Settings
10033 for the paragraph separation.
10034 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10045 \begin_layout Standard
10051 \begin_inset Index idx
10054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10060 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10061 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10063 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10064 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10073 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10082 s are described in section
10083 \begin_inset space ~
10087 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10089 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10098 If there are several
10102 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10103 You can therefore use
10107 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10110 \begin_layout Standard
10115 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10116 \begin_inset space ~
10120 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10122 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10129 \begin_layout Standard
10130 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10140 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10141 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10153 \begin_layout Subsection
10154 Paragraph Alignment
10157 \begin_layout Standard
10158 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10160 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10164 There are five possibilities:
10167 \begin_layout Itemize
10175 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10181 \begin_layout Itemize
10189 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10195 \begin_layout Itemize
10203 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10209 \begin_layout Itemize
10217 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10223 \begin_layout Itemize
10231 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10237 \begin_layout Standard
10238 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10239 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10240 the left and right margins.
10241 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10244 \begin_layout Standard
10246 This paragraph is right aligned,
10249 \begin_layout Standard
10251 this one is centered,
10254 \begin_layout Standard
10256 this one is left aligned.
10259 \begin_layout Subsection
10261 \begin_inset Index idx
10264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10265 Page breaks ! Forced
10271 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10273 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10280 \begin_layout Standard
10281 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10282 can force a page break where you want one.
10283 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10284 Only if you use a lot of
10288 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10291 \begin_layout Standard
10292 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10293 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10297 have to change the page breaking.
10300 \begin_layout Standard
10301 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10303 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10305 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10306 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10308 \begin_inset space ~
10314 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10316 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10317 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10319 \begin_inset space ~
10324 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10326 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10327 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10330 \begin_layout Standard
10331 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10332 at the top of a page.
10333 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10334 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10335 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10336 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10338 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10340 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10344 to learn more about
10351 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10353 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10355 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10360 \begin_inset Index idx
10363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10364 Page breaks ! Clear
10372 \begin_layout Standard
10373 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10374 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10375 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10376 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10377 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10380 \begin_layout Standard
10381 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10383 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10384 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10386 \begin_inset space ~
10392 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10394 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10395 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10397 \begin_inset space ~
10401 \begin_inset space ~
10406 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10407 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10410 \begin_layout Subsection
10412 \begin_inset Index idx
10415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10422 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10424 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10431 \begin_layout Standard
10432 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10434 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10436 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10437 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10439 \begin_inset space ~
10443 \begin_inset space ~
10451 arg "newline-insert newline"
10455 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10457 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10458 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10460 \begin_inset space ~
10464 \begin_inset space ~
10469 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10471 This is necessary to avoid
10472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10479 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10482 \begin_layout Standard
10483 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10484 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10485 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10486 set a line break, e.
10487 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10491 \begin_inset space \space{}
10494 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10495 \begin_inset space ~
10499 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10501 reference "sec:Quote"
10506 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10508 reference "sec:Verse"
10513 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10515 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10522 \begin_layout Subsection
10524 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10526 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10531 \begin_inset Index idx
10534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10543 \begin_layout Standard
10548 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10549 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10551 \begin_inset space ~
10556 you can insert horizontal lines that span the whole width of the document
10562 \begin_layout Section
10563 Characters and Symbols
10566 \begin_layout Standard
10567 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10568 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10569 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10573 \begin_inset space \space{}
10576 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10578 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10582 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10584 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10588 for information on how this is done.
10591 \begin_layout Standard
10592 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10597 dialog via the menu
10599 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10600 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10606 \begin_layout Standard
10607 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10615 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10616 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10617 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10625 \begin_layout Section
10626 Fonts and Text Styles
10627 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10629 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10636 \begin_layout Subsection
10638 \begin_inset Index idx
10641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10650 \begin_layout Standard
10651 There are two types of fonts:
10654 \begin_layout Description
10656 \begin_inset space ~
10660 \begin_inset Index idx
10663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10669 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
10670 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10674 characters) in the font.
10675 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10676 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10677 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10678 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10679 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10680 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10681 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10682 \begin_inset Newline newline
10685 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10686 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10687 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10688 sizes than at small ones.
10689 \begin_inset Newline newline
10703 \begin_inset space ~
10711 \begin_layout Description
10713 \begin_inset space ~
10717 \begin_inset Index idx
10720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10726 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10727 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10728 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10729 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10730 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10731 picture manipulation program.
10732 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10733 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10734 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10735 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10736 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10738 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10739 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10740 \begin_inset Newline newline
10743 Bitmap fonts are named
10746 \begin_inset space ~
10751 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10754 \begin_layout Standard
10755 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10756 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10757 So one need fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10758 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10759 use scalable fonts.
10762 \begin_layout Standard
10763 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10764 its document properties.
10767 \begin_layout Standard
10768 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10769 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10770 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10771 font to emphasize text, you use an
10772 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10780 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10781 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10785 \begin_layout Subsection
10786 Document Font and Font size
10787 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10789 name "sub:Document-Font"
10794 \begin_inset Index idx
10797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10804 \begin_inset Index idx
10807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10816 \begin_layout Standard
10817 You can set the document fonts in the
10819 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10823 \begin_inset Index idx
10826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10827 Document ! Settings
10833 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10834 font shapes roman (serif),
10837 \begin_inset space ~
10849 \begin_layout Standard
10850 The possible options for the font include
10854 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10859 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10860 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10868 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10881 European Computer Modern
10884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10894 \begin_layout Standard
10903 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10904 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10909 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10912 \begin_inset space ~
10917 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10923 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10924 There are three ways to use one:
10927 \begin_layout Itemize
10928 One way is to use the
10938 Virtual means that it
10939 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10943 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10950 -glyphs from other fonts.
10951 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10953 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10961 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10965 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10973 Loading the LaTeX-package
10978 \begin_inset Index idx
10981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10982 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10987 with the document preamble line
10988 \begin_inset Newline newline
10995 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10996 \begin_inset Newline newline
11001 will fix the guillemet problem.
11006 and that accented characters are not
11010 glyph, they are build of
11014 characters, the accent and the letter.
11015 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
11019 fonts for words with accented characters.
11020 If you search for example for the French word
11021 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11025 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11028 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
11030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11037 and not for the glyph
11038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11042 \begin_inset space ~
11046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11052 \begin_layout Itemize
11053 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
11057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11066 , consist of these three main font types
11069 \begin_inset space ~
11098 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11102 \begin_inset space ~
11109 as typewriter font.
11110 \begin_inset Newline newline
11113 The differences between roman,
11116 \begin_inset space ~
11125 fonts are explained in section
11126 \begin_inset space ~
11130 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11132 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11137 \begin_inset Newline newline
11144 was originally designed for newspapers.
11145 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11146 into the small newspaper columns.
11151 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11154 \begin_layout Itemize
11155 The best solution is to use the
11164 These fonts were developed for the LaTeX community to replace
11168 as the default font.
11169 In most cases they look the same as
11177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11178 One difference is improved kerning for the
11191 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
11202 \begin_layout Standard
11203 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11206 For the font size there are four possible values:
11223 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
11226 \begin_layout Standard
11227 The font sizes are the
11232 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11233 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11234 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11237 \begin_inset space ~
11243 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11244 \begin_inset space ~
11248 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11250 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11257 \begin_layout Standard
11262 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11263 a font to display the script characters.
11267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11268 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11273 So this has no effect for the document language
11289 \begin_layout Standard
11290 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11294 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11302 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11306 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11307 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11308 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11310 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11313 dialog, see section
11314 \begin_inset space ~
11318 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11320 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11332 \begin_layout Subsection
11333 Using Different Character Styles
11334 \begin_inset Index idx
11337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11344 \begin_inset Index idx
11347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11356 \begin_layout Standard
11357 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11358 certain paragraph environments.
11359 LyX supports two character styles,
11368 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11372 \begin_layout Standard
11377 style, do one of the following:
11380 \begin_layout Itemize
11381 click on the toolbar button
11382 \begin_inset Graphics
11383 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11390 \begin_layout Itemize
11391 use the key binding
11400 \begin_layout Standard
11401 These commands are all toggles.
11406 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11409 \begin_layout Standard
11410 One typically uses the
11414 style for proper names.
11416 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11423 is the original author of LyX.
11424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11430 \begin_layout Standard
11431 A more widely used character style is the
11436 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
11443 \begin_layout Itemize
11444 clicking on the toolbar button
11445 \begin_inset Graphics
11446 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11453 \begin_layout Itemize
11454 using the keybindings
11463 \begin_layout Standard
11468 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11469 es use a different font.
11472 \begin_layout Standard
11473 We've been using the
11477 style all over the place in this document.
11478 Here's one more example:
11481 \begin_layout Quotation
11484 Don't overuse character styles!
11487 \begin_layout Standard
11488 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11489 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11490 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11491 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11495 \begin_layout Standard
11496 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11504 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11506 \begin_inset space ~
11514 \begin_layout Subsection
11515 Fine-Tuning with the
11520 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11522 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11527 \begin_inset Index idx
11530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11539 \begin_layout Standard
11540 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11541 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11542 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11543 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11544 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11545 from ordinary dialog.
11548 \begin_layout Standard
11549 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11550 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11551 \begin_inset Newline newline
11554 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11555 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11558 \begin_layout Standard
11559 To use custom character styles, open the
11561 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11563 \begin_inset space ~
11569 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11570 font property which you can choose.
11571 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11574 \begin_inset space ~
11579 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11584 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11585 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11586 environments in a snap.
11589 \begin_layout Standard
11590 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11593 \begin_inset space ~
11605 \begin_layout Labeling
11606 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11612 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11616 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11620 The possible options are:
11624 \begin_layout Labeling
11625 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11630 This is the Roman font family.
11631 Normally a serif font.
11632 It's also the default family.
11642 \begin_layout Labeling
11643 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11647 \begin_inset space ~
11654 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11666 \begin_layout Labeling
11667 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11674 This is the Typewriter font family.
11680 arg "font-typewriter"
11689 \begin_layout Labeling
11690 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11695 This corresponds to the print weight.
11700 \begin_layout Labeling
11701 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11706 This is the Medium font series.
11707 It's also the default series.
11710 \begin_layout Labeling
11711 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11718 This is the Bold font series.
11731 \begin_layout Labeling
11732 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11737 As the name implies.
11742 \begin_layout Labeling
11743 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11748 This is the Upright font shape.
11749 It's also the default shape.
11752 \begin_layout Labeling
11753 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11767 s the Italic font shape
11773 \begin_layout Labeling
11774 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11781 This is the Slanted font shape
11783 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11786 \begin_layout Labeling
11787 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11791 \begin_inset space ~
11798 This is the Small caps font shape
11805 \begin_layout Labeling
11806 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11811 Alters the size of the font.
11812 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11813 nal to the document font size.
11814 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11815 what you want to do.
11820 \begin_layout Labeling
11821 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11829 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11833 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11842 arg "font-size tiny"
11848 \begin_layout Labeling
11849 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11857 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11861 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11870 arg "font-size scriptsize"
11876 \begin_layout Labeling
11877 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11898 arg "font-size footnotesize"
11904 \begin_layout Labeling
11905 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11913 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11917 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11926 arg "font-size small"
11932 \begin_layout Labeling
11933 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11939 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11943 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11947 It's also the default size.
11951 arg "font-size normal"
11957 \begin_layout Labeling
11958 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11970 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11979 arg "font-size large"
11985 \begin_layout Labeling
11986 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12007 arg "font-size larger"
12013 \begin_layout Labeling
12014 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12022 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12026 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12035 arg "font-size largest"
12041 \begin_layout Labeling
12042 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12054 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12063 arg "font-size huge"
12069 \begin_layout Labeling
12070 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12078 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12091 arg "font-size giant"
12098 \begin_layout Standard
12103 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12104 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12105 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12106 — use that instead.
12107 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12110 \begin_layout Labeling
12111 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12116 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12121 \begin_layout Labeling
12122 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12129 This is text with emphasize on
12132 This might seem like the same as
12136 , but it is actually a bit different.
12142 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12144 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12147 \begin_layout Labeling
12148 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12155 This is text with Underbar on.
12161 arg "font-underline"
12167 \begin_inset Newline newline
12172 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12173 when you couldn't change fonts.
12174 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12175 It's only included in LyX because some people
12179 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12182 \begin_layout Labeling
12183 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12190 This is text with Noun on.
12197 , this is a logical attribute.
12198 Normally it's equivalent to
12201 \begin_inset space ~
12210 \begin_layout Labeling
12211 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12216 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12217 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12221 \begin_inset space ~
12226 , which is the default
12227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12234 and means normally black, you can choose between
12267 \begin_inset Index idx
12270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12279 \begin_layout Labeling
12280 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12285 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12286 the language of the document.
12287 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12291 \begin_layout Standard
12292 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12293 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12295 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12297 \begin_inset space ~
12302 dialog, the settings are saved.
12303 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12304 \begin_inset Graphics
12305 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12310 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12311 when the dialog isn't visible.
12315 \begin_layout Standard
12316 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12323 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12324 (suppose you just set the shape to
12325 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12329 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12333 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12337 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12343 \begin_inset space ~
12355 \begin_layout Standard
12356 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12364 \begin_inset space ~
12376 \begin_layout Itemize
12382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12389 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12390 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12394 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12407 \begin_inset Newline newline
12414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12439 \begin_inset Note Note
12442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12443 For more on phantoms see section
12444 \begin_inset space ~
12448 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12450 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12460 \begin_inset Newline newline
12466 \begin_layout Itemize
12471 fonts use characters with serifs.
12472 These are the small
12473 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12480 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
12481 The following example will show the difference:
12482 \begin_inset Newline newline
12486 \begin_inset Newline newline
12491 text without serifs
12494 \begin_inset Newline newline
12497 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12498 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12505 \begin_layout Itemize
12511 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12512 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12515 \begin_layout Standard
12516 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12517 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12520 \begin_layout Section
12521 Printing and Previewing
12524 \begin_layout Subsection
12528 \begin_layout Standard
12529 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12530 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12531 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12532 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12533 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
12535 Additional Features
12540 \begin_layout Standard
12541 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12542 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12543 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12544 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12545 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12546 This happens in two stages:
12549 \begin_layout Enumerate
12550 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12551 generating a file with the extension,
12552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12566 \begin_layout Enumerate
12567 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12571 file to produce printable output.
12575 \begin_layout Subsection
12576 Output file formats
12577 \begin_inset Index idx
12580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12587 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12589 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12596 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12598 \begin_inset Index idx
12601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12602 File formats ! ASCII
12610 \begin_layout Standard
12611 This file type has the extension
12612 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12620 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12624 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12625 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12628 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12635 \begin_layout Standard
12636 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12638 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12639 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12645 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12647 \begin_inset Index idx
12650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12651 File formats ! LaTeX
12659 \begin_layout Standard
12660 This file type has the extension
12661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12669 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12672 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12674 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12675 it manually with console commands.
12676 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12677 you view or export your document.
12680 \begin_layout Standard
12681 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12683 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12684 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12701 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12703 \begin_inset Index idx
12706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12715 \begin_layout Standard
12716 This file type has the extension
12717 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12725 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12730 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12734 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12737 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12738 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12739 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12743 \begin_layout Standard
12744 DVI files doen't contain images, they only link them.
12745 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12746 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12747 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
12749 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12752 \begin_layout Standard
12753 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12755 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12756 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12762 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12764 \begin_inset Index idx
12767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12768 File formats ! PostScript
12776 \begin_layout Standard
12777 This file type has the extension
12778 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12786 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12790 PostScript was developed by the company
12794 as a printer language.
12795 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12797 PostScript can be seen as a
12798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12801 programming language
12802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12805 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12810 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
12816 \begin_inset Index idx
12819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12820 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12830 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12833 \begin_layout Standard
12834 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12835 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12838 Encapsulated PostScript
12839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12842 (EPS, file extension
12843 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12851 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12855 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12856 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12858 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12861 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
12862 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12865 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
12866 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12867 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12868 EPS to avoid this problem.
12871 \begin_layout Standard
12872 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12874 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12875 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12881 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12883 \begin_inset Index idx
12886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12893 \begin_inset Index idx
12896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12905 \begin_layout Standard
12906 This file type has the extension
12907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12923 Portable Document Format
12924 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12931 was derived from PostScript.
12932 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
12934 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12941 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12942 looks exactly the same.
12945 \begin_layout Standard
12946 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12950 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12951 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12954 (JPG, file extension
12955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12963 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12967 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12979 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12982 Portable Network Graphics
12983 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12986 (PNG, file extension
12987 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12995 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12999 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13000 in the background to one of these formats.
13001 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13002 will slow down your workflow.
13003 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13006 \begin_layout Standard
13007 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13009 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13012 in three different ways:
13015 \begin_layout Description
13016 PDF This uses the program
13020 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13021 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13025 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13026 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13029 \begin_layout Description
13031 \begin_inset space ~
13034 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13038 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13042 \begin_layout Description
13044 \begin_inset space ~
13047 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13051 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13054 \begin_layout Standard
13055 We recommend to use
13058 \begin_inset space ~
13067 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
13068 works without problems.
13073 is no longer under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13076 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13078 \begin_inset Index idx
13081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13088 \begin_inset Index idx
13091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13100 \begin_layout Standard
13101 This file type has the extension
13102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13110 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13114 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
13115 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
13116 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
13117 suitable for the purpose.
13118 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
13119 it, but not all do.
13122 \begin_layout Standard
13123 XHTML output remains
13124 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13128 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13131 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
13133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13136 LyX and the World Wide Web
13137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13142 Additional Features
13144 manual, for more information.
13147 \begin_layout Standard
13148 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
13150 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13151 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13157 \begin_layout Subsection
13159 \begin_inset Index idx
13162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13171 \begin_layout Standard
13172 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13173 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13177 and choose a file type.
13178 A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
13181 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13184 you can use the toolbar button
13185 \begin_inset Graphics
13186 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13193 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13198 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13200 \begin_inset space ~
13206 \begin_inset Graphics
13207 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13213 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13217 \begin_inset Graphics
13218 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13225 arg "buffer-view ps"
13231 \begin_layout Standard
13232 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13233 viewer window using the menu
13235 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13241 \begin_layout Standard
13242 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13244 To have a real output, export your document.
13247 \begin_layout Subsection
13248 Printing the File from within LyX
13249 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13251 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13258 \begin_layout Standard
13259 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
13260 it directly from within LyX.
13261 To print a file, select the menu
13263 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13266 or click on the toolbar button
13267 \begin_inset Graphics
13268 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13273 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13274 This file is then processed by the program
13278 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13283 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13286 \begin_layout Standard
13287 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
13288 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13289 printing one set to print on the other side.
13290 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13291 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13292 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13295 \begin_layout Standard
13296 You can set the parameters in the
13299 \begin_inset space ~
13307 \begin_layout Labeling
13308 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13313 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13318 Note that this printer name is for the program
13327 has to be configured for this printer name.
13328 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13329 \begin_inset space ~
13333 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13335 reference "sub:Printer"
13344 The printer should understand PostScript.
13347 \begin_layout Labeling
13348 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13353 The name of a file to print to.
13354 The output will be a PostScript file.
13355 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13359 \begin_layout Section
13360 A few Words about Typography
13361 \begin_inset Index idx
13364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13373 \begin_layout Subsection
13375 \begin_inset Index idx
13378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13387 \begin_layout Standard
13389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13397 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13400 character comes in four lengths: the
13412 , and the minus sign:
13413 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13419 \begin_layout Standard
13420 \begin_inset Tabular
13421 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
13422 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
13423 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13424 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13425 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13426 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13455 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13486 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13495 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13520 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13522 \begin_inset space ~
13525 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13532 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13557 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13559 \begin_inset space ~
13562 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13583 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13595 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13603 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13617 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13623 \begin_layout Standard
13624 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
13625 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13633 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13636 character multiple times in a row.
13637 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
13638 the final output, but not in LyX.
13640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13644 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13648 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13652 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13656 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13660 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13664 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13670 \begin_layout Standard
13671 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13672 math mode and has a length of its own.
13673 Here are some examples of the
13674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13688 \begin_layout Enumerate
13689 line- and page-breaks
13690 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13700 \begin_layout Enumerate
13702 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13712 \begin_layout Enumerate
13713 Oh — there's a dash.
13714 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13724 \begin_layout Enumerate
13725 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13729 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13739 \begin_layout Subsection
13741 \begin_inset Index idx
13744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13751 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13753 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13760 \begin_layout Standard
13761 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13762 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13767 \begin_inset Index idx
13770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13771 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13776 following the rules of the document language
13780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13781 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13789 \begin_inset space ~
13793 \begin_inset space ~
13800 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13811 \begin_layout Standard
13812 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
13817 font and with unusual constructs, like
13818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13826 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13827 This is done with the menu
13829 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13830 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13832 \begin_inset space ~
13838 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13839 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13842 \begin_layout Standard
13843 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13844 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
13846 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13854 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
13855 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13862 as hyphenation possibility.
13863 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13864 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into the
13865 argument of the LaTeX-box-command
13871 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13872 As LyX doesn't support
13878 , you have to use TeX Code.
13879 The result looks in LyX like:
13882 \begin_layout Standard
13883 \begin_inset Graphics
13884 filename clipart/mbox.png
13891 \begin_layout Standard
13892 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13893 \begin_inset space ~
13897 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13899 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13906 \begin_layout Subsection
13908 \begin_inset Index idx
13911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13920 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13921 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13922 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13924 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13931 \begin_layout Standard
13932 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13933 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13934 LaTeX then adds the
13935 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13938 appropriate amount of space
13939 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13943 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13945 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13948 \begin_layout Standard
13949 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
13950 not work in all cases.
13952 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13963 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13964 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13967 \begin_layout Standard
13968 Here are some examples of
13972 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13975 \begin_layout Itemize
13980 \begin_layout Itemize
13985 \begin_layout Standard
13986 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13989 \begin_layout Itemize
13991 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13995 this is too much space!
13998 \begin_layout Itemize
14003 \begin_layout Standard
14004 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
14007 \begin_layout Standard
14008 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
14011 \begin_layout Enumerate
14015 \begin_inset space ~
14020 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
14021 \begin_inset space ~
14025 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14027 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
14032 \begin_inset Index idx
14035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14036 Spaces ! inter-word
14044 \begin_layout Enumerate
14048 \begin_inset space ~
14053 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
14054 \begin_inset space ~
14058 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14060 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
14065 \begin_inset Index idx
14068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14077 \begin_layout Enumerate
14081 \begin_inset space ~
14085 \begin_inset space ~
14089 \begin_inset space ~
14096 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14098 \begin_inset space ~
14103 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14104 This function is also bound to
14107 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
14113 \begin_layout Standard
14114 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14117 \begin_layout Itemize
14119 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14123 \begin_inset space \space{}
14126 this is too much space!
14129 \begin_layout Itemize
14130 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14134 \begin_layout Standard
14135 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14136 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
14137 will take care of this.
14140 \begin_layout Standard
14141 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14145 \begin_inset space ~
14150 feature described in section
14156 Additional Features
14161 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14163 \begin_inset Index idx
14166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14167 Typography ! Quotes
14173 \begin_inset Index idx
14176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14207 \begin_layout Standard
14208 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14209 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14210 and use a closing quote at the end.
14212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14220 The keyboard character,
14224 , generates this automatically.
14227 \begin_layout Standard
14228 You can change the behavior of the
14232 key using the submenu
14238 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14242 \begin_inset Index idx
14245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14246 Document ! Settings
14254 \begin_layout Standard
14255 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14260 There are six choices:
14263 \begin_layout Labeling
14264 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14276 Use quotes like this
14277 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14285 \begin_inset Quotes els
14289 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14295 \begin_layout Labeling
14296 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14299 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14303 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14309 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14313 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14317 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14323 \begin_layout Labeling
14324 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14327 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14331 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14337 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14341 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14345 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14349 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14355 \begin_layout Labeling
14356 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14359 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14363 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14369 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14373 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14377 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14381 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14387 \begin_layout Labeling
14388 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14391 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14395 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14401 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14405 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14409 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14413 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14419 \begin_layout Labeling
14420 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14423 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14427 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14433 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14437 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14441 \begin_inset Quotes als
14445 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14451 \begin_layout Standard
14452 These settings affect what character the
14459 \begin_layout Subsection
14461 \begin_inset Index idx
14464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14465 Typography ! Ligatures
14471 \begin_inset Index idx
14474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14503 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14505 name "sub:Ligatures"
14512 \begin_layout Standard
14513 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14514 print them as single characters.
14515 These groups are known as
14520 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14522 Here are the standard ligatures:
14525 \begin_layout Itemize
14529 \begin_layout Itemize
14533 \begin_layout Itemize
14537 \begin_layout Itemize
14541 \begin_layout Itemize
14545 \begin_layout Standard
14546 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14549 \begin_layout Standard
14550 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14551 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14559 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14575 To break a ligature, use
14577 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14578 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14580 \begin_inset space ~
14587 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14591 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14595 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14598 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14600 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14604 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14608 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14612 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14615 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14623 \begin_layout Subsection
14625 \begin_inset Index idx
14628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14635 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14637 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14644 \begin_layout Standard
14645 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
14646 characters in different sizes and heights.
14647 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14648 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
14649 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14664 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14668 \begin_inset Note Note
14671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14672 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14680 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14681 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14686 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14690 \begin_layout Description
14691 LyX The name of the game, write
14692 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14707 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14713 \begin_layout Description
14714 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14715 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14736 \begin_layout Description
14737 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14753 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14759 \begin_layout Description
14760 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14782 \begin_layout Standard
14783 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14784 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14788 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14792 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14796 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14797 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14798 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14801 : The actual version is
14802 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14806 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14809 , the previous one was
14810 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14814 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14820 \begin_layout Standard
14821 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
14822 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14826 \begin_inset space \space{}
14829 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14831 This will look in LyX like:
14832 \begin_inset Graphics
14833 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14839 \begin_inset Newline newline
14842 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14843 \begin_inset space ~
14847 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14849 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14856 \begin_layout Subsection
14858 \begin_inset Index idx
14861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14870 \begin_layout Standard
14871 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14872 space between two words.
14873 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14883 for units use the menu
14885 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14886 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14888 \begin_inset space ~
14896 arg "space-insert thin"
14902 \begin_layout Standard
14903 Here's an example to show the differences:
14906 \begin_layout Standard
14907 \begin_inset Tabular
14908 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14909 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
14910 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14911 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14918 \begin_inset space ~
14922 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14934 space between number and unit
14941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14946 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14950 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14962 half space between number and unit
14975 \begin_layout Subsection
14977 \begin_inset Index idx
14980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14981 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14989 \begin_layout Standard
14990 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14992 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14993 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14994 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14995 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14996 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14997 These bits of text became known as
15008 \begin_layout Standard
15009 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
15010 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
15011 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
15012 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
15013 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
15014 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
15015 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
15018 \begin_layout Standard
15019 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
15020 or how you can tweak that behavior.
15021 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
15022 \begin_inset space ~
15026 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15028 key "latexcompanion"
15033 \begin_inset space ~
15037 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15043 ] may have more information.
15044 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
15047 \begin_layout Chapter
15048 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
15049 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15051 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
15058 \begin_layout Standard
15059 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
15064 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
15067 \begin_layout Section
15069 \begin_inset Index idx
15072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15079 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15088 \begin_layout Standard
15089 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15092 \begin_layout Description
15094 \begin_inset space ~
15097 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15098 \begin_inset Newline newline
15102 \begin_inset Note Note
15105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15106 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15114 \begin_layout Description
15115 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15116 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15118 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15119 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15120 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15123 \begin_inset Newline newline
15127 \begin_inset Note Comment
15130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15131 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15139 \begin_layout Description
15141 \begin_inset space ~
15144 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15145 \begin_inset Newline newline
15149 \begin_inset Newline newline
15153 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15162 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15163 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15164 How this can be done is explained in the
15173 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15179 \begin_inset Newline newline
15183 \begin_inset Newline newline
15186 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15187 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15190 \begin_layout Standard
15191 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15192 \begin_inset Graphics
15193 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15195 scaleBeforeRotation
15201 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15205 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15208 \begin_layout Section
15210 \begin_inset Index idx
15213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15220 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15222 name "sec:Footnotes"
15229 \begin_layout Standard
15230 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15233 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15236 or the toolbar button
15237 \begin_inset Graphics
15238 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15251 \begin_inset Graphics
15252 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15261 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15271 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15290 label, the box will
15294 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15295 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15308 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15324 \begin_layout Standard
15325 Here's an example footnote:
15333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15334 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15342 \begin_layout Standard
15343 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15344 position where the footnote box is placed.
15345 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15346 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15347 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15348 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15349 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15354 ey are described in the
15361 \begin_layout Section
15363 \begin_inset Index idx
15366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15373 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15375 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15382 \begin_layout Standard
15383 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15384 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15386 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15388 \begin_inset space ~
15393 or the toolbar button
15394 \begin_inset Graphics
15395 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15415 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15419 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15422 appearing within your text.
15423 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15432 \begin_layout Standard
15433 At the side is an example marginal note.
15437 \begin_inset Marginal
15440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15441 This is a marginal note.
15449 \begin_layout Standard
15450 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15451 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
15452 pages, right on odd pages.
15455 \begin_layout Section
15456 Graphics and Images
15457 \begin_inset Index idx
15460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15467 \begin_inset Index idx
15470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15477 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15479 name "sec:Graphics"
15486 \begin_layout Standard
15487 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15488 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15489 \begin_inset Graphics
15490 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15496 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15500 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15503 \begin_layout Standard
15504 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15509 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15510 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15512 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15513 \begin_inset space ~
15517 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15519 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15526 \begin_layout Standard
15531 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15532 of the image in the output.
15533 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15537 \begin_inset space ~
15541 \begin_inset space ~
15550 \begin_inset space ~
15554 \begin_inset space ~
15558 \begin_inset space ~
15563 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15564 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15572 \begin_layout Standard
15575 LaTeX and LyX options
15577 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15578 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15582 \begin_inset space ~
15587 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15588 with the image size is printed.
15592 \begin_inset space ~
15596 \begin_inset space ~
15600 \begin_inset space ~
15605 is explained in the
15616 \begin_layout Standard
15617 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15618 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15620 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15624 \begin_layout Standard
15626 \begin_inset Graphics
15627 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15629 rotateOrigin center
15636 \begin_layout Standard
15637 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15638 the image into a float, see section
15639 \begin_inset space ~
15643 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15645 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15652 \begin_layout Subsection
15654 \begin_inset Index idx
15657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15664 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15666 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15673 \begin_layout Standard
15674 You can insert images in any known file format.
15675 But as we explained in section
15676 \begin_inset space ~
15680 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15682 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15686 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15687 LyX uses therefore the program
15691 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15692 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15693 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15694 \begin_inset space ~
15698 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15700 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15707 \begin_layout Standard
15708 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15711 \begin_layout Description
15713 \begin_inset space ~
15716 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15717 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15718 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15722 Graphics Interchange Format
15723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15726 (GIF, file extension
15727 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15739 \begin_inset Index idx
15742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15771 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15774 Portable Network Graphics
15775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15778 (PNG, file extension
15779 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15787 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15791 \begin_inset Index idx
15794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15823 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15826 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15827 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15830 (JPG, file extension
15831 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15843 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15851 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15855 \begin_inset Index idx
15858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15889 \begin_layout Description
15891 \begin_inset space ~
15894 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15896 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15897 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15898 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15899 \begin_inset Newline newline
15902 Scalable image formats can be
15903 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15906 Scalable Vector Graphics
15907 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15910 (SVG, file extension
15911 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15919 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15923 \begin_inset Index idx
15926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15958 Encapsulated PostScript
15959 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15962 (EPS, file extension
15963 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15971 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15975 \begin_inset Index idx
15978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16007 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16010 Portable Document Format
16011 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16014 (PDF, file extension
16015 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16023 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16027 \begin_inset Index idx
16030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16037 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
16038 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
16039 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
16044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16045 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
16053 \begin_layout Standard
16054 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
16058 \begin_layout Subsection
16059 Grouping of Image Settings
16060 \begin_inset Index idx
16063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16064 Images ! Settings grouping
16072 \begin_layout Standard
16073 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
16075 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
16076 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
16078 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
16079 need to manually change each of them.
16083 \begin_layout Standard
16084 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
16087 \begin_inset space ~
16092 field in the Graphics dialog.
16093 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
16094 by checking the name of the desired group.
16097 \begin_layout Section
16099 \begin_inset Index idx
16102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16109 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16118 \begin_layout Standard
16119 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16120 \begin_inset Graphics
16121 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16128 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16132 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16133 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16134 from the rest of the table.
16135 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16136 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16138 Here's an example table:
16141 \begin_layout Standard
16143 \begin_inset Tabular
16144 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16145 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16146 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16147 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16148 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16149 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16349 \begin_layout Subsection
16353 \begin_layout Standard
16354 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16355 brings up the table dialog.
16356 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16357 where the cursor is placed currently.
16358 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16359 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16360 done on all of your selection.
16363 \begin_layout Standard
16364 Additionally to the table dialog, the
16367 \begin_inset space ~
16372 helps you in setting table properties.
16373 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
16376 \begin_layout Standard
16380 \begin_inset space ~
16385 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16386 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16387 current cell respectively.
16388 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16390 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16391 of text, see section
16392 \begin_inset space ~
16396 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16398 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16405 \begin_layout Standard
16406 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16412 This will merge the cells to
16416 cell, spread over more than one column.
16417 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16418 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16419 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16420 in the last row without the upper border:
16423 \begin_layout Standard
16425 \begin_inset Tabular
16426 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16427 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
16428 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16429 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16430 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16431 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16442 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16451 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16527 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16562 \begin_layout Standard
16563 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16564 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16565 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16566 explained in the tables section of the
16569 \begin_inset space ~
16575 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16576 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16579 degrees counterclockwise.
16580 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16583 \begin_layout Standard
16584 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16592 Most DVI-viewers are
16596 able to display rotations.
16604 \begin_layout Standard
16609 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16614 adds lines for all cell borders.
16617 \begin_layout Subsection
16619 \begin_inset Index idx
16622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16623 Tables ! Longtables
16629 \begin_inset Index idx
16632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16641 \begin_layout Standard
16642 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16645 \begin_inset space ~
16649 \begin_inset space ~
16658 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16659 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16662 \begin_layout Description
16667 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16668 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16669 except for the first page, if
16672 \begin_inset space ~
16680 \begin_layout Description
16684 \begin_inset space ~
16689 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16690 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16693 \begin_layout Description
16698 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16699 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16700 except for the last page, if
16703 \begin_inset space ~
16711 \begin_layout Description
16715 \begin_inset space ~
16720 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16721 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16724 \begin_layout Description
16725 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16726 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16728 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16732 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16735 \begin_inset space ~
16743 \begin_layout Standard
16744 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16745 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16746 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16747 The others will then be defined as
16752 In this context, first means first in this order:
16755 \begin_inset space ~
16767 \begin_inset space ~
16773 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16776 \begin_layout Standard
16778 \begin_inset Tabular
16779 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16780 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
16781 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16782 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16783 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16784 <row endfirsthead="true">
16785 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16791 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16796 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16805 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16815 <row endfirsthead="true">
16816 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16827 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16836 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16848 <row endhead="true">
16849 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16860 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16869 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16879 <row endhead="true">
16880 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16891 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16900 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16912 <row endfoot="true">
16913 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16924 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16933 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16964 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17905 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17914 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17923 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17934 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17965 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17996 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18027 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18058 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18089 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18120 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18151 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18182 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18213 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18244 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18275 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18306 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18337 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18368 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18399 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18430 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18461 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18492 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18523 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18554 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18585 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18616 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18647 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18678 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18709 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18740 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18771 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18802 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18833 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18864 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18894 <row endlastfoot="true">
18895 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18906 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18915 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18932 \begin_layout Subsection
18934 \begin_inset Index idx
18937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18944 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18946 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18953 \begin_layout Standard
18954 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18955 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18956 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18957 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18961 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18962 for the cell's paragraph.
18965 \begin_layout Standard
18966 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18967 for the column in the table dialog.
18968 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18969 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18973 \begin_layout Standard
18975 \begin_inset Tabular
18976 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18977 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
18978 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18979 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18980 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19000 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19069 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19125 This is longer now.
19130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19181 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19182 This is longer now.
19187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19213 \begin_layout Standard
19214 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19215 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19220 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19221 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19227 Selection with the mouse or with
19231 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19232 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19233 the selection from outside the table.
19236 \begin_layout Section
19238 \begin_inset Index idx
19241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19248 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19257 \begin_layout Standard
19258 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19259 have a fixed location.
19261 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19265 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19268 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19276 \begin_inset space ~
19281 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19282 too many notes on the page.
19285 \begin_layout Standard
19286 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
19287 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
19288 and pages without text.
19289 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19290 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19291 Floats are therefore numbered.
19292 Referencing is described in section
19293 \begin_inset space ~
19297 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19299 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19306 \begin_layout Standard
19307 To insert a float, use the menu
19309 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19313 A box with a caption that has e.
19314 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19318 \begin_inset space \space{}
19322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19326 \begin_inset space ~
19330 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19333 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19334 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19336 After the label you can insert the caption text.
19337 \begin_inset Index idx
19340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19346 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19347 paragraph within the float.
19348 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19349 by left-clicking on the box label.
19350 A closed float box looks like this:
19351 \begin_inset Graphics
19352 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19357 – a gray button with a red label.
19360 \begin_layout Standard
19361 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19362 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19365 \begin_layout Subsection
19369 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19371 \begin_inset Index idx
19374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19375 Floats ! Figure floats
19381 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19383 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19390 \begin_layout Standard
19393 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19394 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19397 inserts a float with the label
19398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19404 \begin_inset space ~
19410 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19414 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19415 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19416 This is what we did for Figure
19417 \begin_inset space ~
19421 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19423 reference "cap:Platypus"
19428 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19429 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19430 This was done in Figure
19431 \begin_inset space ~
19435 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19437 reference "cap:Escher"
19444 \begin_layout Standard
19445 \begin_inset Float figure
19450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19452 \begin_inset Graphics
19453 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19455 rotateOrigin center
19462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19463 \begin_inset Caption
19465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19466 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19468 name "cap:Platypus"
19472 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19485 \begin_layout Standard
19486 \begin_inset Float figure
19491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19492 \begin_inset Caption
19494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19495 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19512 \begin_inset Graphics
19513 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19515 rotateOrigin center
19527 \begin_layout Standard
19528 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19530 As described in section
19531 \begin_inset space ~
19535 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19537 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19541 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19543 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19546 and refer to it using the menu
19548 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19552 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19554 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19561 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19573 \begin_layout Standard
19574 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
19575 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19576 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19577 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19579 \begin_inset space ~
19583 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19585 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19589 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19590 You can also set the images one below the other.
19592 \begin_inset space ~
19596 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19598 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19603 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19605 reference "fig:Platypus"
19609 are the subfigures.
19612 \begin_layout Standard
19613 \begin_inset Float figure
19618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19619 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19623 \begin_inset Float figure
19628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19629 \begin_inset Caption
19631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19632 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19634 name "fig:Undefinable"
19646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19647 \begin_inset Graphics
19648 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19659 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19663 \begin_inset Float figure
19668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19669 \begin_inset Caption
19671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19672 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19674 name "fig:Platypus"
19686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19687 \begin_inset Graphics
19688 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19700 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19707 \begin_inset Caption
19709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19710 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19712 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19716 Two distorted images.
19729 \begin_layout Standard
19730 Note that the caption is added to the
19733 \begin_inset space ~
19737 \begin_inset space ~
19742 as described in section
19743 \begin_inset space ~
19747 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19749 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19756 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19758 \begin_inset Index idx
19761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19762 Floats ! Table floats
19770 \begin_layout Standard
19771 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19773 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19774 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19778 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
19781 \begin_inset space ~
19785 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19787 reference "cap:Table-float"
19791 is an example of a table float.
19794 \begin_layout Standard
19795 \begin_inset Float table
19800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19801 \begin_inset Caption
19803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19804 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19806 name "cap:Table-float"
19818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19820 \begin_inset Tabular
19821 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19822 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19823 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19824 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19825 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19952 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19973 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19976 \end{array}\right]$
19984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19997 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
20018 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20020 \begin_inset Index idx
20023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20024 Floats ! Algorithm floats
20032 \begin_layout Standard
20033 This float type is inserted with the menu
20035 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20036 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20040 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
20041 A possible environment for algorithms is the
20045 , described in section
20046 \begin_inset space ~
20050 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20052 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
20059 \begin_layout Standard
20060 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20068 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
20074 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
20077 \begin_layout Standard
20082 floatname{algorithm}{your
20083 \begin_inset space ~
20089 \begin_layout Standard
20090 to the document preamble (menu
20092 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20099 \begin_inset space ~
20105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20113 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20119 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20121 \begin_inset Index idx
20124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20125 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20133 \begin_layout Standard
20134 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20142 \begin_inset Graphics
20143 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20145 rotateOrigin center
20152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20153 \begin_inset Caption
20155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20156 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20158 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20162 This is a wrapped figure.
20163 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20176 This float type is used if you want to
20177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20184 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20186 It can be inserted using the menu
20188 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20189 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20191 \begin_inset space ~
20196 if the LaTeX-package
20201 \begin_inset Index idx
20204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20205 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20215 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20218 \begin_inset space ~
20228 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20231 \begin_inset space ~
20235 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20237 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20241 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20242 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20250 Available units are explained in Appendix
20251 \begin_inset space ~
20255 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20257 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20266 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20270 \begin_layout Standard
20271 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20279 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20280 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20284 \begin_inset space \space{}
20287 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
20288 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
20297 \begin_layout Itemize
20298 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20299 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
20300 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
20301 page breaks will appear.
20304 \begin_layout Itemize
20305 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
20306 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
20309 \begin_layout Itemize
20310 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
20311 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20314 \begin_layout Itemize
20315 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20318 \begin_layout Subsection
20320 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20322 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20327 \begin_inset Index idx
20330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20339 \begin_layout Standard
20340 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20341 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20345 \begin_inset space ~
20353 \begin_layout Standard
20354 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
20355 have a multi-column document).
20356 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20359 \begin_inset space ~
20365 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20366 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20373 \begin_layout Standard
20374 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
20375 format is also the same: Table
20376 \begin_inset space ~
20380 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20382 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20386 is an example of a rotated table float.
20389 \begin_layout Standard
20390 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20398 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20406 \begin_layout Standard
20407 \begin_inset Float table
20412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20413 \begin_inset Caption
20415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20416 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20418 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20432 \begin_inset Tabular
20433 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20434 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20435 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20436 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20437 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20438 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20439 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20499 \begin_layout Subsection
20501 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20503 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20508 \begin_inset Index idx
20511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20520 \begin_layout Standard
20521 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20522 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20523 \begin_inset Newline newline
20529 \begin_inset space ~
20534 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20535 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
20536 \begin_inset Newline newline
20542 \begin_inset space ~
20547 is used to rotate floats, see section
20548 \begin_inset space ~
20552 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20554 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20561 \begin_layout Standard
20562 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20563 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20566 \begin_inset space ~
20570 \begin_inset space ~
20578 \begin_layout Description
20580 \begin_inset space ~
20584 \begin_inset space ~
20587 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
20590 \begin_layout Description
20592 \begin_inset space ~
20596 \begin_inset space ~
20599 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
20602 \begin_layout Description
20604 \begin_inset space ~
20608 \begin_inset space ~
20611 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
20614 \begin_layout Description
20616 \begin_inset space ~
20620 \begin_inset space ~
20623 floats: try to place the float at an own page
20626 \begin_layout Standard
20627 The order of the above option is
20632 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20636 \begin_inset space ~
20640 \begin_inset space ~
20648 \begin_inset space ~
20652 \begin_inset space ~
20657 , and then the others.
20658 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20660 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20661 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20664 \begin_layout Standard
20665 By default, each option has its own rules:
20668 \begin_layout Standard
20672 \begin_inset space ~
20676 \begin_inset space ~
20681 only floats occupying less than 70
20682 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20685 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20688 \begin_layout Standard
20692 \begin_inset space ~
20696 \begin_inset space ~
20701 : only floats occupying less than 30
20702 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20705 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20708 \begin_layout Standard
20712 \begin_inset space ~
20716 \begin_inset space ~
20721 : only if more than 50
20722 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20725 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20729 \begin_layout Standard
20730 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20734 \begin_inset space ~
20738 \begin_inset space ~
20746 \begin_layout Standard
20747 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20748 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20749 For this case you can use the option
20752 \begin_inset space ~
20758 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20760 Because the float is then no longer able to
20761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20768 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
20771 \begin_layout Standard
20772 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20773 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20776 \begin_layout Standard
20777 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20779 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20781 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20788 \begin_layout Section
20790 \begin_inset Index idx
20793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20800 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20802 name "sec:Minipages"
20809 \begin_layout Standard
20810 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20812 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20813 \begin_inset space ~
20820 \begin_layout Standard
20821 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20823 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20827 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20828 and its alignment within the page.
20831 \begin_layout Standard
20833 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20842 height_special "totalheight"
20845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20848 This is a minipage.
20849 The text is set in an italic style.
20852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20855 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20856 another formatting.
20864 \begin_layout Standard
20865 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20868 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20872 as described in section
20873 \begin_inset space ~
20877 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20879 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20884 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20890 \begin_layout Standard
20891 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20900 height_special "totalheight"
20903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20904 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20905 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20911 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20915 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20924 height_special "totalheight"
20927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20928 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20929 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20937 \begin_layout Standard
20938 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20944 \begin_layout Standard
20945 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20946 to other box types.
20947 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20958 \begin_layout Chapter
20959 Mathematical Formulas
20960 \begin_inset Index idx
20963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20970 \begin_inset Index idx
20973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21002 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21004 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
21011 \begin_layout Standard
21012 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
21017 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
21020 \begin_layout Section
21022 \begin_inset Index idx
21025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21034 \begin_layout Standard
21035 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
21036 \begin_inset Graphics
21037 filename ../images/math-mode.png
21042 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
21044 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
21045 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
21046 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
21048 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21054 \begin_layout Standard
21055 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
21059 \begin_inset space ~
21064 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
21067 \begin_layout Standard
21068 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
21069 line, like this one:
21072 \begin_layout Standard
21073 This is a line with an inline formula
21074 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
21080 \begin_layout Standard
21081 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as if they were in an own
21082 paragraph, like this one:
21083 \begin_inset Formula \[
21088 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21091 \begin_layout Standard
21092 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21094 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21098 \begin_inset space \space{}
21102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21112 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21115 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21116 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21120 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21123 \begin_inset space ~
21131 \begin_layout Subsection
21132 Navigating in Formulas
21133 \begin_inset Index idx
21136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21145 \begin_layout Standard
21146 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21147 achieved with the arrow keys.
21148 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21149 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21154 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21155 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21159 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21163 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21166 \end{array}\right]$
21174 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21179 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21180 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21183 \begin_layout Standard
21188 , printed in this document as
21189 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21206 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21210 \begin_inset Note Note
21213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21214 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21215 space character (visible space).
21220 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21221 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21222 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21227 For example, if you want
21228 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21282 , since in the latter case only the
21285 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21290 will be under the square root sign:
21291 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21297 \begin_layout Standard
21298 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21300 \begin_inset Formula \[
21301 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21305 \end{array}\right)\]
21309 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21310 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21313 \begin_layout Subsection
21317 \begin_layout Standard
21318 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21319 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21323 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21324 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21325 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21326 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21327 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21330 \begin_layout Subsection
21331 Exponents and Subscripts
21332 \begin_inset Index idx
21335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21342 \begin_inset Index idx
21345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21354 \begin_layout Standard
21355 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21356 way is to use a command.
21358 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21361 , type in a formula
21367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21383 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21389 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21393 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21414 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21416 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21420 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21423 , you have to use an extra
21427 to separate the hat and the character.
21429 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21433 \begin_inset space \space{}
21437 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21458 Subscripts are similar: To get
21459 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21482 \begin_layout Subsection
21484 \begin_inset Index idx
21487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21496 \begin_layout Standard
21497 Create a fraction with either the command
21504 \begin_inset Graphics
21505 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21513 \begin_inset space ~
21519 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21520 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21521 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21526 To move back up, press
21531 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21532 \begin_inset Formula \[
21533 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21536 \end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21543 \begin_layout Subsection
21545 \begin_inset Index idx
21548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21557 \begin_layout Standard
21558 Roots can be created using the
21561 \begin_inset space ~
21567 \begin_inset Graphics
21568 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21591 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21597 produces always a square root.
21600 \begin_layout Subsection
21601 Operators with Limits
21602 \begin_inset Index idx
21605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21612 \begin_inset Index idx
21615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21622 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21624 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21631 \begin_layout Standard
21633 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21637 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21640 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21641 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21642 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21643 The sum operator will automatically place its
21644 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21648 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21651 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21654 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21658 \begin_inset Formula \[
21659 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21663 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21667 \begin_layout Standard
21668 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21670 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21671 behind the operator and hitting
21679 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21680 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21682 \begin_inset space ~
21686 \begin_inset space ~
21694 \begin_layout Standard
21695 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21696 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21700 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21703 feature as addition, such as
21704 \begin_inset Index idx
21707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21714 \begin_inset Formula \[
21715 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21719 which will place the
21720 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21724 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21728 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21732 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21733 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21739 \begin_layout Standard
21740 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21747 Have a look at section
21748 \begin_inset space ~
21752 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21754 reference "sub:Functions"
21758 for an explanation of function macros.
21761 \begin_layout Subsection
21763 \begin_inset Index idx
21766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21775 \begin_layout Standard
21776 Most math symbols can be found in the
21779 \begin_inset space ~
21784 under one of several categories; including
21801 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21805 \begin_layout Standard
21806 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21807 you don't have to use the
21810 \begin_inset space ~
21815 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21816 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21819 \begin_layout Subsection
21821 \begin_inset Index idx
21824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21833 \begin_layout Standard
21834 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
21839 arg "space-insert protected"
21845 \begin_inset space ~
21851 \begin_inset Graphics
21852 filename ../images/math/space.png
21857 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21858 For example, the sequence
21863 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21867 \begin_inset Graphics
21868 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21873 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21874 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21875 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21876 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
21878 Here are two examples:
21881 \begin_layout Standard
21891 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21897 \begin_layout Standard
21907 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21913 \begin_layout Subsection
21915 \begin_inset Index idx
21918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21925 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21927 name "sub:Functions"
21934 \begin_layout Standard
21938 \begin_inset space ~
21943 contains under the button
21944 \begin_inset Graphics
21945 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21949 a number of function macros, such as
21950 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21954 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21962 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21969 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21970 avoid confusions, because
21971 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21975 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
21981 \begin_layout Standard
21982 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21984 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21988 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21994 \begin_layout Standard
21995 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
21996 s are placed, as described in section
21997 \begin_inset space ~
22001 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22003 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22010 \begin_layout Subsection
22012 \begin_inset Index idx
22015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22024 \begin_layout Standard
22025 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
22027 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
22028 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
22029 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22033 \begin_inset space \space{}
22037 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22040 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
22041 Our example is entered by typing
22049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22062 \begin_inset space ~
22066 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22068 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
22072 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
22075 \begin_layout Standard
22076 \begin_inset Float table
22081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22082 \begin_inset Caption
22084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22085 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22087 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
22091 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22101 \begin_inset Tabular
22102 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22103 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
22104 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22105 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22106 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22190 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22244 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22298 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22352 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22406 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22460 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22514 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22568 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22622 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22667 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22688 \begin_layout Standard
22689 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22692 \begin_inset space ~
22698 \begin_inset Graphics
22699 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22703 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22707 \begin_layout Section
22708 Brackets and Delimiters
22709 \begin_inset Index idx
22712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22719 \begin_inset Index idx
22722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22729 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22731 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22738 \begin_layout Standard
22739 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22740 For most purposes, using just the keys
22745 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22746 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
22747 toolbar delimiter icon
22748 \begin_inset Graphics
22749 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22754 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22756 \begin_inset Formula \[
22757 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22760 \end{array}\right]\]
22764 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22765 \begin_inset Formula \[
22766 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22773 \begin_layout Standard
22774 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22775 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22778 \begin_layout Standard
22779 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22780 left side and right side.
22781 If you use the option
22784 \begin_inset space ~
22789 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22790 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22791 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22792 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22795 \begin_layout Standard
22796 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22797 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22798 inside the brackets.
22799 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22804 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22807 \begin_layout Section
22808 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22809 \begin_inset Index idx
22812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22819 \begin_inset Index idx
22822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22829 \begin_inset Index idx
22832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22833 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22841 \begin_layout Standard
22842 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22845 \begin_inset space ~
22851 \begin_inset Graphics
22852 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22857 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22858 Here is an example:
22859 \begin_inset Formula \[
22860 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22864 \end{array}\right)\]
22868 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22869 \begin_inset space ~
22873 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22875 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22880 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22881 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22882 This alignment is set in the box
22887 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22907 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22911 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22919 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22935 for every column as default.
22936 For example, the sequence
22937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22948 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22949 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22950 corresponds to the relevant column.
22951 The result will look like this:
22952 \begin_inset Formula \[
22954 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22955 column & has & has\, right\\
22956 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
22964 \begin_layout Standard
22965 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22968 arg "newline-insert newline"
22971 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22972 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22974 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22977 or the math toolbar.
22980 \begin_layout Standard
22981 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22982 It can be created with the menu
22984 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22985 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22987 \begin_inset space ~
22999 Here is an example:
23000 \begin_inset Formula \[
23012 \begin_layout Standard
23013 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23016 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
23019 arg "newline-insert newline"
23023 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23028 arg "newline-insert newline"
23031 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23032 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23036 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23039 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
23040 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23041 A new row is created by every further hit of
23044 arg "newline-insert newline"
23048 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23049 Here is an example:
23050 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23051 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23052 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
23057 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23058 where you want to start the shift and hit
23063 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23064 position to the next column.
23065 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23066 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23067 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
23068 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
23075 \begin_layout Standard
23076 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23083 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23084 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23085 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23087 reference "eq:asquared"
23092 The other types are described in section
23093 \begin_inset space ~
23097 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23099 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23106 \begin_layout Section
23107 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23108 \begin_inset Index idx
23111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23112 Math ! Formula numbering
23118 \begin_inset Index idx
23121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23122 Math ! Referencing formulas
23128 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23130 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23137 \begin_layout Standard
23138 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23140 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23141 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23143 \begin_inset space ~
23151 arg "math-number-toggle"
23155 The formula number appears in LyX as
23156 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23160 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23163 within parentheses.
23165 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23169 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23172 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23174 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23175 the document class.
23176 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23177 separated by a dot:
23178 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23179 1+1=2\end{equation}
23186 arg "math-number-toggle"
23189 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23190 You can only number displayed formulas.
23193 \begin_layout Standard
23194 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23196 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23197 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23199 \begin_inset space ~
23203 \begin_inset space ~
23207 \begin_inset space ~
23215 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23218 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
23219 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23221 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23227 To number all lines use the shortcut
23230 arg "math-number-toggle"
23236 \begin_layout Standard
23237 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23240 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23241 A label is inserted with the menu
23243 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23246 when the cursor is in the formula.
23247 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23248 It is recommended to use the proposed
23249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23260 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23261 type when you have many labels in your document.
23262 We inserted in the following example the label
23263 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23270 in the second line:
23271 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23272 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23273 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
23278 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23279 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23285 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23289 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23291 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23293 \begin_inset space ~
23299 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23300 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
23301 as the formula number:
23304 \begin_layout Standard
23305 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23306 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23308 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23315 \begin_layout Standard
23316 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23317 \begin_inset space ~
23321 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23323 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23328 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23331 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23334 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23339 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23347 \begin_layout Section
23348 User defined math macros
23349 \begin_inset Index idx
23352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23361 \begin_layout Standard
23362 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
23363 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
23364 Math macros are explained in section
23367 \begin_inset space ~
23379 \begin_layout Section
23383 \begin_layout Subsection
23385 \begin_inset Index idx
23388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23397 \begin_layout Standard
23398 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23399 To set a font in a formula, use the
23402 \begin_inset space ~
23408 \begin_inset Graphics
23409 filename ../images/math/font.png
23413 , or enter its command, listed in table
23414 \begin_inset space ~
23418 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23420 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23427 \begin_layout Standard
23428 \begin_inset Float table
23433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23434 \begin_inset Caption
23436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23437 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23439 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23443 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23453 \begin_inset Tabular
23454 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23455 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23456 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23457 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23489 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23516 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23543 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23576 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23603 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23630 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23664 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23691 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23725 \begin_layout Standard
23726 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23734 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23750 \begin_layout Standard
23751 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23752 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23757 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23758 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23759 Here an example where
23760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23771 denotes the set of numbers:
23772 \begin_inset Formula \[
23773 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23780 \begin_layout Standard
23781 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23783 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23787 \begin_inset space \space{}
23799 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23803 \begin_inset Newline newline
23806 So it is better not to use this feature.
23809 \begin_layout Standard
23810 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23811 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23815 \begin_inset Newline newline
23818 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23824 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23825 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23831 \begin_layout Standard
23838 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23841 \begin_layout Standard
23842 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23844 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23845 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23847 \begin_inset space ~
23855 \begin_layout Subsection
23857 \begin_inset Index idx
23860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23869 \begin_layout Standard
23870 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23872 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23876 \begin_inset space ~
23880 \begin_inset space ~
23888 \begin_inset space ~
23894 \begin_inset Graphics
23895 filename ../images/math/font.png
23906 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23907 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23908 Here is an example:
23909 \begin_inset Formula \[
23911 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23912 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}
23920 \begin_layout Subsection
23922 \begin_inset Index idx
23925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23934 \begin_layout Standard
23935 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23936 automatically chosen in most situations.
23954 For most characters,
23962 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
23963 and certain other structures, are set larger in
23968 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
23969 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
23971 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
23972 \begin_inset Graphics
23973 filename ../images/math/style.png
23978 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
23979 For example, you can set
23980 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
23983 , which is normally in
23992 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
23996 The four styles are used in the following example:
23999 \begin_layout Standard
24000 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24004 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24008 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24012 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24018 \begin_layout Standard
24019 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24020 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24022 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24024 \begin_inset space ~
24029 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24030 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24031 will be adjusted to correspond.
24032 As an example here is a formula in the font size
24033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24043 \begin_layout Standard
24047 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24053 \begin_layout Section
24057 \begin_layout Standard
24058 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24059 the document classes and into layout modules.
24060 \begin_inset Index idx
24063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24069 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24070 other than the AMS classes.
24072 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24074 reference "sub:Modules"
24078 for more on layout modules.
24081 \begin_layout Section
24083 \begin_inset Index idx
24086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24093 \begin_inset Index idx
24096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24105 \begin_layout Standard
24106 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24107 (AMS) that are in common use.
24110 \begin_layout Subsection
24111 Enabling AMS-Support
24114 \begin_layout Standard
24115 Selecting the checkbox
24118 \begin_inset space ~
24122 \begin_inset space ~
24126 \begin_inset space ~
24133 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24137 \begin_inset Index idx
24140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24141 Document ! Settings
24149 \begin_inset space ~
24154 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24156 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24157 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24160 \begin_layout Subsection
24162 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24164 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24169 \begin_inset Index idx
24172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24173 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24181 \begin_layout Standard
24182 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24183 LyX allows you to choose between
24204 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24207 \begin_layout Chapter
24211 \begin_layout Section
24213 \begin_inset Index idx
24216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24223 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24225 name "sec:Cross-References"
24232 \begin_layout Standard
24233 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24234 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24236 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24237 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24238 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
24241 \begin_layout Enumerate
24245 \begin_layout Enumerate
24246 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24248 name "enu:Second-item"
24255 \begin_layout Enumerate
24259 \begin_layout Standard
24260 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24262 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24265 or by pressing the toolbar button
24266 \begin_inset Graphics
24267 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24273 A grey label box like this:
24274 \begin_inset Graphics
24275 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24280 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24281 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24304 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24308 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24312 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24316 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24317 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24321 \begin_inset space \space{}
24324 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
24325 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24333 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24339 \begin_layout Standard
24340 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24342 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24345 or the toolbar button
24346 \begin_inset Graphics
24347 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24353 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24354 \begin_inset Graphics
24355 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24360 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
24362 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24363 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24375 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24379 \begin_layout Standard
24382 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24385 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
24390 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
24391 to the actual cursor position via the menu
24393 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24399 \begin_layout Standard
24400 Here is our cross-reference: Item
24401 \begin_inset space ~
24405 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24407 reference "enu:Second-item"
24414 \begin_layout Standard
24415 It is recommended to use a protected space
24419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24420 described in section
24421 \begin_inset space ~
24425 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24427 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24436 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24440 \begin_layout Standard
24441 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24444 \begin_layout Description
24445 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24446 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24448 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24455 \begin_layout Description
24456 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24457 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24463 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24467 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24469 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24476 \begin_layout Description
24477 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24478 \begin_inset space ~
24482 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24483 LatexCommand pageref
24484 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24491 \begin_layout Description
24493 \begin_inset space ~
24497 \begin_inset space ~
24500 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24501 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24502 LatexCommand vpageref
24503 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24510 \begin_layout Description
24512 \begin_inset space ~
24516 \begin_inset space ~
24520 \begin_inset space ~
24523 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24525 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24527 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24534 \begin_layout Description
24536 \begin_inset space ~
24539 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24540 \begin_inset Newline newline
24544 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24552 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24557 \begin_inset Index idx
24560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24561 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24574 \begin_layout Standard
24575 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24576 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24578 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24582 \begin_inset space \space{}
24586 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24594 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24600 \begin_layout Standard
24601 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output,
24602 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24603 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24607 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24611 \begin_layout Standard
24612 You can only use the style
24616 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24620 is always possible.
24623 \begin_layout Standard
24624 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24625 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24626 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24627 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24628 \begin_inset space ~
24632 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24634 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24641 \begin_layout Standard
24645 \begin_inset space ~
24649 \begin_inset space ~
24654 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referenced
24656 The button text changes then to
24659 \begin_inset space ~
24664 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24665 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24666 referred label and you can go back with the toolbar button
24667 \begin_inset Graphics
24668 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
24669 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
24670 rotateOrigin center
24677 \begin_layout Standard
24678 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24679 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24680 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24683 \begin_layout Standard
24684 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you'll see two question
24685 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24688 \begin_layout Standard
24689 References are described in detail in the
24696 \begin_layout Section
24697 Table of Contents and other Listings
24698 \begin_inset Index idx
24701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24708 \begin_inset Index idx
24711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24718 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24727 \begin_layout Subsection
24729 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24731 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24738 \begin_layout Standard
24739 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24741 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24742 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24744 \begin_inset space ~
24748 \begin_inset space ~
24754 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24755 If you click on it, the
24759 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24760 sections in your documents.
24761 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24763 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24766 that is described in sec.
24767 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24771 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24773 reference "sec:Navigating"
24780 \begin_layout Standard
24781 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
24782 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24784 \begin_inset space ~
24788 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24790 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24794 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24796 \begin_inset space ~
24800 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24802 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24806 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24808 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24811 \begin_layout Subsection
24812 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
24813 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24815 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
24822 \begin_layout Standard
24823 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24824 You can insert them via the
24826 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24828 \begin_inset space ~
24832 \begin_inset space ~
24838 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24841 \begin_layout Section
24842 URLs and Hyperlinks
24843 \begin_inset Index idx
24846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24853 \begin_inset Index idx
24856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24865 \begin_layout Subsection
24867 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24876 \begin_layout Standard
24877 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24879 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24885 \begin_layout Standard
24886 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24887 \begin_inset Flex URL
24890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24900 \begin_layout Standard
24901 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24907 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24911 \begin_layout Standard
24912 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24920 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
24928 \begin_layout Subsection
24930 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24932 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
24939 \begin_layout Standard
24940 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
24942 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24945 or with the toolbar button
24946 \begin_inset Graphics
24947 filename ../images/href-insert.png
24948 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24953 The appearing dialog has two fields:
24962 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
24963 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
24964 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24966 name "LyX's homepage"
24967 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24971 , an Email address like this:
24972 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24974 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
24975 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
24980 , or a link to a file.
24983 \begin_layout Standard
24984 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
24986 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24994 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24997 to the link target.
25000 \begin_layout Standard
25001 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25002 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25003 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25004 the text style dialog.
25005 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25009 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25011 name "LyX's homepage"
25012 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25019 \begin_layout Standard
25020 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25024 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25026 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25027 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25031 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25033 \begin_inset Newline newline
25041 \begin_inset Newline newline
25048 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25051 \begin_layout Section
25053 \begin_inset Index idx
25056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25063 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25065 name "sec:Appendices"
25072 \begin_layout Standard
25073 Appendices are created with the menu
25075 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25077 \begin_inset space ~
25081 \begin_inset space ~
25087 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25088 as the appendix region.
25089 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25092 \begin_layout Standard
25093 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25094 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25095 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25096 and the subsection number.
25097 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25101 \begin_layout Standard
25103 \begin_inset space ~
25107 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25109 reference "cha:Credits"
25114 \begin_inset space ~
25118 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25120 reference "sub:Export"
25127 \begin_layout Section
25129 \begin_inset Index idx
25132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25139 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25141 name "sec:Bibliography"
25148 \begin_layout Standard
25149 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25150 You can include a bibliography database,
25154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25155 Known under the name
25156 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25160 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25168 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25169 manually, using the paragraph environment
25173 , which was described in section
25174 \begin_inset space ~
25178 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25180 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25185 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25186 document, like author-year cituations, then you must
25190 use a bibliography database.
25193 \begin_layout Subsection
25194 The Bibliography Environment
25197 \begin_layout Standard
25202 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25204 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25213 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25215 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25224 , a short form of its title, as key.
25227 \begin_layout Standard
25228 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25230 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25233 or the toolbar button
25234 \begin_inset Graphics
25235 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25236 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25241 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25242 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25243 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25244 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25248 \begin_layout Standard
25249 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
25250 entry with surrounding brackets.
25255 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25256 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25268 \begin_layout Standard
25271 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25274 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25276 key "latexcompanion"
25283 \begin_layout Standard
25284 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25285 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25294 \begin_layout Subsection
25295 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25296 \begin_inset Index idx
25299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25300 Bibliography ! Databases
25306 \begin_inset Index idx
25309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25310 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25316 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25318 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25325 \begin_layout Standard
25326 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25332 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25334 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25335 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25340 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25342 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25343 your working field in a database.
25344 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25345 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25347 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25351 \begin_layout Standard
25352 The database is a text file with the file extension
25353 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25364 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25365 The format is explained in
25366 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25372 and in LaTeX books (
25373 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25375 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25380 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25381 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25382 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25383 \begin_inset Flex URL
25386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25388 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25396 \begin_layout Standard
25397 To use a database, use the menu
25399 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25404 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25417 \begin_inset space ~
25423 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25424 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25427 Add bibliography to TOC
25429 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25434 drop box you can select what part of the database should be output.
25437 \begin_layout Standard
25438 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25450 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25451 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25452 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25454 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25460 For information how this is done, have a look at
25461 \begin_inset Newline newline
25465 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25467 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25479 \begin_layout Standard
25480 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25483 \begin_layout Standard
25484 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25485 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25488 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25516 \begin_inset space ~
25522 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25528 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25537 \begin_layout Standard
25538 When you select the option
25540 Sectioned bibliography
25544 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25547 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25548 This and other options are explained in detail in section
25550 Customizing Bibliographies
25558 Additional Features
25563 \begin_layout Standard
25564 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25565 the two methods of creating them.
25566 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25567 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25568 We used the style file
25572 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25575 \begin_layout Subsection
25576 Bibliography layout
25577 \begin_inset Index idx
25580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25581 Bibliography ! Layout
25589 \begin_layout Standard
25590 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25591 For this feature you need to enable the option
25597 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25601 \begin_inset Index idx
25604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25605 Document ! Settings
25615 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25616 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25617 in the previous section.
25620 \begin_layout Standard
25621 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25622 in the citation reference window.
25623 Here an example where we set the text
25624 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25628 \begin_inset space ~
25632 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25635 to appear after the reference:
25638 \begin_layout Standard
25640 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25643 key "latexcompanion"
25650 \begin_layout Section
25652 \begin_inset Index idx
25655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25662 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25671 \begin_layout Standard
25672 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25674 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25676 \begin_inset space ~
25681 or the toolbar button
25682 \begin_inset Graphics
25683 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25684 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25690 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25698 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25701 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25702 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25703 by LyX as the index entry.
25706 \begin_layout Standard
25707 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25708 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25710 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25712 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25719 \begin_layout Standard
25720 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
25722 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25724 \begin_inset space ~
25728 \begin_inset space ~
25731 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25733 \begin_inset space ~
25739 A light blue box labeled
25740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25751 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25752 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25755 \begin_layout Subsection
25756 Grouping Index Entries
25757 \begin_inset Index idx
25760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25769 \begin_layout Standard
25770 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25772 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25773 lists under the entry
25774 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25778 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25782 First we create the entry
25783 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25787 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25791 \begin_inset space ~
25795 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25797 reference "sub:Lists"
25802 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25803 \begin_inset space ~
25807 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25809 reference "sec:Itemize"
25813 , we insert the command
25816 \begin_layout Standard
25822 \begin_layout Standard
25826 \begin_layout Standard
25832 \begin_layout Standard
25833 for the enumerated list in section
25834 \begin_inset space ~
25838 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25840 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25847 \begin_layout Standard
25848 The exclamation mark
25849 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25853 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25856 marks the grouping levels.
25857 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25858 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25859 If we don't have an index entry for
25860 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25864 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25867 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25870 \begin_layout Subsection
25872 \begin_inset Index idx
25875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25876 Index ! Page ranges
25884 \begin_layout Standard
25885 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25887 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25888 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25890 \begin_inset space ~
25894 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25896 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25903 \begin_layout Standard
25906 Paragraph environments|(
25909 \begin_layout Standard
25910 and another entry at the end of section
25911 \begin_inset space ~
25915 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25917 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25924 \begin_layout Standard
25927 Paragraph environments|)
25930 \begin_layout Standard
25932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25944 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25955 respectively start and end the index range.
25956 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
25957 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
25958 the pages of the indexed document parts.
25959 An example is the index entry
25960 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25963 Document ! Settings
25964 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25970 \begin_layout Subsection
25972 \begin_inset Index idx
25975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25976 Index ! Cross referencing
25984 \begin_layout Standard
25985 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
25986 We referred for example in the index entry
25987 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25991 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25995 \begin_inset space ~
25999 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26001 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26005 ) to the index entry
26006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26013 in the same section using the entry
26016 \begin_layout Standard
26019 GIF|see{Image formats}
26022 \begin_layout Standard
26023 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26024 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26025 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26028 \begin_layout Subsection
26030 \begin_inset Index idx
26033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26034 Index ! Entry order
26042 \begin_layout Standard
26043 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26044 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26045 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26050 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26052 \begin_inset space ~
26056 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26058 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26067 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26068 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
26069 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26093 \begin_inset Index idx
26096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26097 Dummy entries ! maïs
26103 \begin_inset Index idx
26106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26107 Dummy entries ! maître
26113 \begin_inset Index idx
26116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26117 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26122 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26123 order maïs, maison, maître.
26124 To achieve this, we use the command
26127 \begin_layout Standard
26130 previous entry@current entry
26133 \begin_layout Standard
26134 In our case we want to have
26135 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26139 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26150 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26153 \begin_layout Standard
26159 \begin_layout Standard
26160 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26161 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26165 \begin_layout Standard
26166 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26172 \begin_layout Standard
26173 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
26178 to generate the index (see sec.
26179 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26183 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26185 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26194 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
26196 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26200 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26202 reference "sub:Document-Font"
26206 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
26207 index commands start with
26208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26220 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
26225 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
26228 \begin_layout Standard
26240 \begin_layout Standard
26252 \begin_layout Subsection
26254 \begin_inset Index idx
26257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26258 Index ! Entry layout
26266 \begin_layout Standard
26267 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26268 \begin_inset Index idx
26271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26274 This is an italic dummy entry
26279 You can also format the page number using the character
26280 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26287 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26288 We can write for example
26291 \begin_layout Standard
26294 italic page number:|textit
26297 \begin_layout Standard
26298 to get the page number in italic.
26299 \begin_inset Index idx
26302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26303 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26308 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26318 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26326 \begin_inset space ~
26332 Have a look at section
26333 \begin_inset space ~
26337 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26339 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26343 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26346 \begin_layout Standard
26347 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26355 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26359 to generate the index, see sec.
26360 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26364 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26366 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26375 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
26376 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26378 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26381 key "latexcompanion"
26393 \begin_layout Standard
26394 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26396 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26397 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26398 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26399 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26400 If so, put the following in the preamble
26403 \begin_layout Standard
26415 \begin_layout Standard
26419 \begin_layout Standard
26425 \begin_layout Standard
26426 in the index entry.
26427 \begin_inset Index idx
26430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26431 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26436 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26437 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26438 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26441 \begin_layout Standard
26442 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26444 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26448 \begin_inset space \space{}
26451 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26452 for all index entries.
26453 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
26465 documentation for details,
26466 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26468 key "makeindex,xindy"
26475 \begin_layout Subsection
26477 \begin_inset Index idx
26480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26487 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26489 name "sub:Index-Program"
26496 \begin_layout Standard
26497 If the index entry program
26501 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
26505 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
26509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26514 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
26515 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
26516 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
26517 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26518 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
26528 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26529 dialog, see section
26530 \begin_inset space ~
26534 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26536 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26541 The available options are listed and explained in
26542 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26544 key "makeindex,xindy"
26549 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
26553 \begin_layout Standard
26554 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
26555 given document, you can define the programm and\SpecialChar \slash{}
26558 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26559 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26560 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26564 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
26565 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
26568 \begin_layout Subsection
26572 \begin_layout Standard
26573 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
26574 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
26575 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26579 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26582 next to the standard index.
26583 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
26584 packages that add this feature.
26590 \begin_inset Index idx
26593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26594 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
26599 package to generate multiple indexes.
26600 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
26601 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
26602 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26609 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
26610 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
26611 Please consult the package's manual for details.
26614 \begin_layout Standard
26615 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
26617 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26618 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26619 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26623 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26626 Use multiple Indexes
26627 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26631 Note that the list of
26632 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26636 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26639 below already contains the standard index.
26640 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
26641 also appear as a heading) to the
26642 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26646 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26649 input field and press the
26650 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26654 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26658 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
26659 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
26660 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
26661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26664 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26666 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26670 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
26671 indexes in the LyX work area.
26674 \begin_layout Standard
26675 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
26678 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26680 \begin_inset space ~
26684 \begin_inset space ~
26693 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
26694 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
26695 are some additional features:
26698 \begin_layout Itemize
26699 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
26700 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
26703 \begin_layout Itemize
26704 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
26705 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
26706 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26710 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26714 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
26716 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26719 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
26720 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
26721 to the non-subindexes.
26724 \begin_layout Section
26725 Nomenclature / Glossary
26726 \begin_inset Index idx
26729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26736 \begin_inset Index idx
26739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26768 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26770 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26777 \begin_layout Standard
26778 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26779 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
26783 \begin_layout Standard
26784 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26789 \begin_inset Index idx
26792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26793 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26799 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26800 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26806 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26809 \begin_layout Standard
26810 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26811 and then use the menu
26813 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26819 \begin_inset space ~
26824 or the toolbar button
26825 \begin_inset Graphics
26826 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26827 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26833 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26841 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26844 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26847 \begin_layout Standard
26848 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26849 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26850 The second is the description of the symbol.
26853 \begin_layout Standard
26854 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26862 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26870 \begin_layout Subsection
26871 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26872 \begin_inset Index idx
26875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26876 Nomenclature ! Layout
26884 \begin_layout Standard
26885 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26889 field as LaTeX-formulas.
26891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26895 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26899 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26903 \begin_inset Newline newline
26911 \begin_inset Newline newline
26917 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26921 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26924 character starts/ends the formula.
26925 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26937 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26947 \begin_layout Standard
26948 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26949 \begin_inset space ~
26953 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26955 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26962 \begin_layout Standard
26966 \begin_inset space ~
26971 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26972 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26977 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26984 in this document is:
26985 \begin_inset Newline newline
26990 dummy entry for the character
26995 \begin_inset Newline newline
27007 \begin_inset space ~
27017 font use the command
27046 \begin_layout Subsection
27047 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
27048 \begin_inset Index idx
27051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27052 Nomenclature ! Sort order
27060 \begin_layout Standard
27061 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
27062 the symbol definition.
27063 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
27064 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
27067 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27068 LatexCommand nomenclature
27070 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27077 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27081 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27082 LatexCommand nomenclature
27085 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27090 They will be sorted by
27091 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27099 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27113 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27117 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27120 will be sorted before the
27124 since the character
27125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27129 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27132 is considered in sorting.
27135 \begin_layout Standard
27136 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27139 \begin_inset space ~
27144 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27145 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27147 For the example given, you can insert
27151 in this field for the
27152 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27159 will be located before
27160 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27166 \begin_layout Standard
27167 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27172 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27181 \begin_layout Subsection
27182 Nomenclature Options
27183 \begin_inset Index idx
27186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27187 Nomenclature ! Options
27195 \begin_layout Standard
27200 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27201 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27204 \begin_layout Description
27205 refeq Appends the phrase
27206 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27218 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27221 to every nomenclature entry, where
27227 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27230 \begin_layout Description
27231 refpage Appends the phrase
27232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27247 to every nomenclature entry, where
27253 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27256 \begin_layout Description
27257 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27260 \begin_layout Standard
27261 There are furthermore the options
27305 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27309 \begin_layout Standard
27310 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27311 class options list in the
27313 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27317 In this document the option
27324 \begin_layout Standard
27325 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27331 \begin_layout Standard
27332 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27333 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27338 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27341 \begin_layout Description
27351 \begin_layout Description
27354 nomrefpage Like the
27361 \begin_layout Description
27364 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27373 \begin_layout Description
27377 \begin_inset space ~
27383 \begin_inset space ~
27388 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27391 \begin_layout Subsection
27392 Printing the Nomenclature
27393 \begin_inset Index idx
27396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27397 Nomenclature ! Printing
27405 \begin_layout Standard
27406 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27408 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27410 \begin_inset space ~
27414 \begin_inset space ~
27417 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27421 A light blue box labeled
27422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27433 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27434 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27437 \begin_layout Standard
27438 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27443 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27447 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27455 For example, in order to change the name to
27459 , add the following line to the preamble:
27462 \begin_layout Standard
27470 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27473 \begin_layout Standard
27474 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27480 \begin_layout Standard
27481 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27482 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27485 \begin_layout Standard
27493 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27496 \begin_layout Standard
27499 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27500 \begin_inset space ~
27504 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27506 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27511 The default value is 1
27512 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27518 \begin_layout Subsection
27519 Nomenclature Program
27520 \begin_inset Index idx
27523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27524 Nomenclature ! Program
27530 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27532 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
27539 \begin_layout Standard
27540 LyX uses the program
27544 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
27545 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
27550 by adding options, see section
27551 \begin_inset space ~
27555 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27557 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27562 The available options are listed and explained in
27563 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27565 key "nomencl,makeindex"
27572 \begin_layout Section
27574 \begin_inset Index idx
27577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27584 \begin_inset Index idx
27587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27588 Document ! Branches
27594 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27596 name "sec:Branches"
27603 \begin_layout Standard
27604 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27605 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27606 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27607 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27610 \begin_layout Standard
27611 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
27612 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27613 To create a branch, go in the
27615 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27623 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27624 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27627 \begin_layout Standard
27628 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27629 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27631 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27634 where you can choose a branch.
27635 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27638 \begin_layout Standard
27639 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27640 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27643 \begin_layout Standard
27644 \begin_inset Branch Question
27647 \begin_layout Standard
27648 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27656 \begin_layout Standard
27657 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27660 \begin_layout Standard
27661 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27669 \begin_layout Standard
27670 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27676 \begin_layout Standard
27677 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27678 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27680 For example you can define for the question branch
27684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27685 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27686 \begin_inset space ~
27690 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27692 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27704 \begin_layout Standard
27714 \begin_layout Standard
27724 \begin_layout Standard
27725 and for the answer branch
27728 \begin_layout Standard
27738 \begin_layout Standard
27748 \begin_layout Standard
27749 \begin_inset Branch Question
27752 \begin_layout Standard
27756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27784 \begin_layout Standard
27785 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27788 \begin_layout Standard
27792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27820 \begin_layout Standard
27821 Now it is possible to use the commands
27825 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27832 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27835 to obtain conditional output.
27836 Here is an example formula where only the
27843 \begin_inset Formula \[
27844 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27851 \begin_layout Standard
27852 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
27860 \begin_layout Section
27862 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27864 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
27869 \begin_inset Index idx
27872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27881 \begin_layout Standard
27886 dialog allows you in the
27890 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
27891 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
27896 \begin_inset Index idx
27899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27900 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
27908 \begin_layout Standard
27913 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
27914 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
27915 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
27917 You can specify in the dialog tab
27921 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
27923 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
27924 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
27928 \begin_layout Standard
27933 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
27934 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
27935 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
27937 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
27938 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
27940 \begin_inset space ~
27943 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
27944 \begin_inset space ~
27947 1 will only display the sections.
27950 \begin_layout Standard
27951 The header information in the dialog tab
27955 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
27956 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
27957 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27961 \begin_inset space \space{}
27964 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
27965 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
27968 Automatic fill header
27970 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
27971 title and author settings.
27974 \begin_layout Standard
27977 Load in fullscreen mode
27979 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
27982 \begin_layout Standard
27983 PDF properties are also used in this document.
27984 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
27990 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
27991 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28000 \begin_layout Section
28001 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
28002 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28004 name "sec:TeX-Code"
28011 \begin_layout Subsection
28013 \begin_inset Index idx
28016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28023 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28025 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
28032 \begin_layout Standard
28033 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
28034 constructs, but not all.
28035 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
28036 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
28037 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
28038 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
28039 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
28043 \begin_layout Standard
28044 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
28046 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
28048 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28050 \begin_inset space ~
28055 or by the toolbar button
28056 \begin_inset Graphics
28057 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
28062 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
28066 \begin_layout Standard
28067 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
28068 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
28069 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word are therefore using
28076 , you can write the command part
28082 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
28086 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
28087 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
28088 the following example:
28091 \begin_layout Standard
28092 \begin_inset Graphics
28093 filename clipart/ERT.png
28101 \begin_layout Standard
28105 \begin_layout Standard
28106 This is a line with a
28110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28133 \begin_layout Standard
28134 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28142 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
28143 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
28151 \begin_layout Subsection
28152 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
28153 \begin_inset OptArg
28156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28163 \begin_inset Index idx
28166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28173 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28175 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28182 \begin_layout Standard
28183 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
28184 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
28185 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
28186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28190 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28194 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
28195 any time if you know the right commands.
28197 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28201 \begin_inset space \space{}
28204 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
28206 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
28207 all caption labels bold.
28208 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
28210 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
28214 \begin_layout Standard
28215 Now LaTeX comes into play.
28216 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
28217 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
28219 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28228 \begin_layout Standard
28229 As result you know that the package
28234 \begin_inset Index idx
28237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28238 LaTeX-packages ! caption
28244 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
28246 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28252 \begin_layout Standard
28257 usepackage[options]{package name}
28260 \begin_layout Standard
28261 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
28262 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
28263 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
28266 \begin_layout Standard
28267 In your case the package name is
28272 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
28277 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
28278 So you add the command
28281 \begin_layout Standard
28286 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
28289 \begin_layout Standard
28290 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
28294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28295 For more commands provided by the
28299 package, have a look at its documentation,
28300 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28314 \begin_layout Standard
28315 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28317 For example if you use a
28321 class, you don't need the package
28325 , you can instead write
28328 \begin_layout Standard
28333 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28338 \begin_layout Standard
28339 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28340 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28341 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28348 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
28351 \begin_layout Standard
28352 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
28353 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28355 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28356 the previous section.
28359 \begin_layout Standard
28360 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28362 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28364 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28372 \begin_layout Section
28373 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28374 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28376 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28381 \begin_inset Index idx
28384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28391 \begin_inset Index idx
28394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28403 \begin_layout Standard
28404 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28405 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28406 to break your train of thought with
28408 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28414 \begin_layout Standard
28415 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28416 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28421 \begin_inset Index idx
28424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28425 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28430 as explained below, and turn on
28433 \begin_inset space ~
28440 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28444 \begin_inset space ~
28448 \begin_inset space ~
28451 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28456 \begin_inset space ~
28461 is the multiplication factor for the size.
28464 \begin_layout Standard
28465 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28467 Previews of an already loaded document are
28471 generated just by selecting the
28474 \begin_inset space ~
28479 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28482 \begin_layout Standard
28483 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28484 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28487 \begin_inset space ~
28492 check box in the insert dialog.
28493 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28497 \begin_layout Standard
28498 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28502 (on some systems named simply
28507 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28509 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28515 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28516 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28524 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28528 \begin_layout Standard
28529 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28535 \begin_layout Standard
28536 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28540 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28542 \begin_inset space ~
28547 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28548 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28550 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28551 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28552 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28553 the source view window.
28556 \begin_layout Section
28558 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28560 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28565 \begin_inset Index idx
28568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28577 \begin_layout Standard
28578 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28579 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28596 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28602 can be seen as the successor to
28606 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28611 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28612 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28620 \begin_layout Standard
28621 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28622 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28629 \begin_layout Standard
28632 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28635 or the toolbar button
28636 \begin_inset Graphics
28637 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
28638 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
28642 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28643 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28644 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28645 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28646 scrolled so that it is visible.
28651 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28653 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28657 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28658 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28661 \begin_layout Standard
28662 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
28665 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28669 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28670 will bring an error message.
28671 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28672 specifying a different
28674 Alternative language
28676 in preferences dialog.
28679 \begin_layout Standard
28680 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
28683 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28687 \begin_layout Standard
28688 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28689 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28691 But you can use the
28694 \begin_inset space ~
28698 \begin_inset space ~
28706 \begin_layout Standard
28707 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28708 This does work with
28712 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28715 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28719 \begin_layout Standard
28724 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28727 \begin_layout Description
28729 \begin_inset space ~
28732 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28733 should consider, e.
28734 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28738 \begin_inset space \space{}
28741 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
28742 This should not normally be needed.
28745 \begin_layout Description
28747 \begin_inset space ~
28750 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
28751 the spell checker's default choice
28754 \begin_layout Description
28756 \begin_inset space ~
28760 \begin_inset space ~
28763 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28765 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28769 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28775 \begin_layout Description
28777 \begin_inset space ~
28781 \begin_inset space ~
28784 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28786 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28793 also for the spellchecker.
28797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28798 The encodings are explained in section
28799 \begin_inset space ~
28803 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28805 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
28814 Only enable this if you use
28818 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28819 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28820 so this is disabled by default.
28823 \begin_layout Section
28825 \begin_inset Index idx
28828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28835 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28837 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28844 \begin_layout Standard
28845 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
28846 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
28855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28856 \begin_inset CommandInset href
28858 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
28867 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
28868 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
28869 are available for many languages.
28872 \begin_layout Standard
28873 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
28877 \begin_layout Subsection
28878 Setting up the thesaurus
28881 \begin_layout Standard
28886 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
28891 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
28896 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
28898 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28902 en_EN for English).
28903 For instance, the English files are named:
28906 \begin_layout Itemize
28910 \begin_layout Itemize
28914 \begin_layout Standard
28915 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
28916 already on your system.
28917 If not, you can get dictionaries from the site
28918 \begin_inset Flex URL
28921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28923 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
28929 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
28934 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
28936 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
28937 unpack a zip archive.
28940 \begin_layout Standard
28949 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
28950 s), and specify the path to this directory in
28952 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28953 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28957 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
28960 \begin_layout Subsection
28961 Using the thesaurus
28964 \begin_layout Standard
28965 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
28967 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28970 or the toolbar button
28971 \begin_inset Graphics
28972 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28973 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28974 rotateOrigin center
28978 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
28980 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28982 The proposals are grouped into categories.
28983 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
28984 and hyponyms (such as
28992 ), compounds (such as
28996 ) and antonyms (such as
29004 ), which are marked as such.
29007 \begin_layout Standard
29008 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
29009 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
29013 \begin_layout Standard
29014 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
29015 the dictionary, such as the above
29019 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
29020 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29024 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
29025 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
29026 For example looking up the word forms
29034 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
29039 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
29040 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29052 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
29053 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
29054 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
29057 \begin_layout Subsection
29058 License of the Thesaurus library
29061 \begin_layout Standard
29066 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
29071 as a standalone program.
29072 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
29073 The library was released under the
29075 Berkeley Database License
29077 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
29078 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
29079 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
29081 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
29084 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
29088 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
29091 \begin_layout Section
29093 \begin_inset Index idx
29096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29103 \begin_inset Index idx
29106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29107 Document ! Change Tracking
29113 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29115 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
29122 \begin_layout Standard
29123 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
29124 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
29125 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
29126 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
29128 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29130 \begin_inset space ~
29133 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29135 \begin_inset space ~
29143 \begin_layout Standard
29144 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
29158 The color depends on the author that made the change.
29159 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
29162 \begin_inset space ~
29166 \begin_inset space ~
29176 \begin_inset Index idx
29179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29180 Color ! Change tracking
29185 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
29186 the cursor is in changed text.
29187 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
29188 \begin_inset Graphics
29189 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29190 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29191 rotateOrigin center
29198 \begin_layout Standard
29199 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
29200 \begin_inset Index idx
29203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29212 \begin_layout Standard
29213 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29219 \begin_layout Standard
29220 \begin_inset Graphics
29221 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
29228 \begin_layout Standard
29229 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29235 \begin_layout Standard
29236 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
29240 \begin_layout Standard
29241 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29247 \begin_layout Standard
29248 \begin_inset Tabular
29249 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
29250 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
29251 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29252 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29253 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29258 \begin_inset Graphics
29259 filename ../images/changes-track.png
29260 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29261 rotateOrigin center
29270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29276 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29278 \begin_inset space ~
29281 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29283 \begin_inset space ~
29292 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29297 \begin_inset Graphics
29298 filename ../images/changes-output.png
29299 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29300 rotateOrigin center
29309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29315 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29317 \begin_inset space ~
29320 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29322 \begin_inset space ~
29326 \begin_inset space ~
29330 \begin_inset space ~
29339 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29344 \begin_inset Graphics
29345 filename ../images/change-next.png
29346 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29347 rotateOrigin center
29356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29360 Jumps to the next change
29366 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29371 \begin_inset Graphics
29372 filename ../images/change-accept.png
29373 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29374 rotateOrigin center
29383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29389 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29391 \begin_inset space ~
29394 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29396 \begin_inset space ~
29405 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29410 \begin_inset Graphics
29411 filename ../images/change-reject.png
29412 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29413 rotateOrigin center
29422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29428 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29430 \begin_inset space ~
29433 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29435 \begin_inset space ~
29444 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29449 \begin_inset Graphics
29450 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29451 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29452 rotateOrigin center
29461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29467 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29469 \begin_inset space ~
29472 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29474 \begin_inset space ~
29483 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29488 \begin_inset Graphics
29489 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
29490 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29491 rotateOrigin center
29500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29506 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29508 \begin_inset space ~
29511 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29513 \begin_inset space ~
29517 \begin_inset space ~
29526 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29531 \begin_inset Graphics
29532 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29533 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29534 rotateOrigin center
29543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29549 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29551 \begin_inset space ~
29554 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29556 \begin_inset space ~
29560 \begin_inset space ~
29569 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29574 \begin_inset Graphics
29575 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29576 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29577 rotateOrigin center
29586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29592 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29593 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29595 \begin_inset space ~
29604 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29609 \begin_inset Graphics
29610 filename ../images/note-next.png
29611 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29612 rotateOrigin center
29621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29627 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29629 \begin_inset space ~
29645 \begin_layout Standard
29646 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29652 \begin_layout Standard
29653 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
29654 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29655 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
29656 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29657 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29658 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29659 step to the next change.
29660 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
29663 \begin_layout Standard
29664 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29665 to describe a change.
29668 \begin_layout Standard
29669 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29674 \begin_inset Index idx
29677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29678 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29684 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29685 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29691 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29694 \begin_layout Section
29695 International Support
29696 \begin_inset Index idx
29699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29700 International support
29708 \begin_layout Standard
29709 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29710 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29711 how to set up LyX to use them:
29712 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29714 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29721 \begin_layout Standard
29722 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29723 \begin_inset space ~
29727 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29729 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29736 \begin_layout Subsection
29738 \begin_inset Index idx
29741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29748 \begin_inset Index idx
29751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29752 Document ! Settings
29758 \begin_inset Index idx
29761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29762 Document ! Language
29770 \begin_layout Standard
29773 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29776 dialog lets you set
29778 the language and character encoding for your language.
29782 \begin_layout Standard
29783 Choose your language in the
29787 section of this dialog.
29795 \begin_layout Standard
29800 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
29805 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29806 For details about the different encoding options see section
29807 \begin_inset space ~
29811 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29813 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29820 \begin_layout Subsection
29821 Keyboard mapping configuration
29822 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29824 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29831 \begin_layout Standard
29832 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
29833 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29834 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29835 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29836 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29838 \begin_inset space ~
29842 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29844 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29849 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29850 which one you want to use.
29853 \begin_layout Standard
29854 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29855 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29856 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29857 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29858 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29859 one to support the characters you want.
29860 This and many other customizations are explained in the
29867 \begin_layout Subsection
29871 \begin_layout Standard
29873 \begin_inset space ~
29877 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29879 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29888 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29892 \begin_layout Standard
29893 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29894 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29902 \begin_layout Itemize
29903 Even if you have selected
29909 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29912 dialog, users who have only the
29916 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29920 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29921 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29922 french quotes won't show up.
29925 \begin_layout Standard
29926 \begin_inset Float table
29931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29932 \begin_inset Caption
29934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29935 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29937 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29955 \begin_inset Tabular
29956 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29957 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
29958 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29959 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29960 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29961 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29962 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29963 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29964 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29965 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29966 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29967 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29968 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29969 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29970 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29971 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29972 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29973 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29974 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30827 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34387 \begin_layout Standard
34388 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
34390 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
34391 also the characters from
34403 \begin_layout Itemize
34412 \begin_layout Standard
34413 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
34414 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34420 \begin_layout Standard
34421 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
34422 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34428 \begin_layout Standard
34429 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
34430 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34436 \begin_layout Standard
34437 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
34438 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34444 \begin_layout Standard
34446 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34452 \begin_layout Standard
34454 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34460 \begin_layout Standard
34462 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34469 \begin_layout Itemize
34482 \begin_layout Standard
34484 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34490 \begin_layout Standard
34492 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34498 \begin_layout Standard
34500 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34506 \begin_layout Standard
34508 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34514 \begin_layout Standard
34516 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34522 \begin_layout Standard
34524 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34531 \begin_layout Standard
34532 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34533 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34534 Also make sure you're using the
34541 \begin_layout Chapter
34544 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34546 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34553 \begin_layout Standard
34554 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
34555 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
34556 topic inside the user's guide.
34559 \begin_layout Section
34561 \begin_inset Index idx
34564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34573 \begin_layout Standard
34578 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34579 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34582 \begin_layout Subsection
34586 \begin_layout Standard
34587 Creates a new document.
34590 \begin_layout Subsection
34594 \begin_layout Standard
34595 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
34596 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34597 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34600 \begin_layout Subsection
34604 \begin_layout Standard
34608 \begin_layout Subsection
34612 \begin_layout Standard
34613 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34614 Click there on a file to open it.
34617 \begin_layout Subsection
34621 \begin_layout Standard
34622 Closes the current document.
34625 \begin_layout Subsection
34629 \begin_layout Standard
34630 Closes all opened documents.
34633 \begin_layout Subsection
34637 \begin_layout Standard
34638 Saves the actual document.
34641 \begin_layout Subsection
34645 \begin_layout Standard
34646 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34649 \begin_layout Subsection
34653 \begin_layout Standard
34654 Saves all opened documents.
34657 \begin_layout Subsection
34661 \begin_layout Standard
34662 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34665 \begin_layout Subsection
34669 \begin_layout Standard
34670 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34671 It is described in the section
34673 Version Control in LyX
34677 Additional Features
34682 \begin_layout Subsection
34686 \begin_layout Standard
34687 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
34688 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
34689 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
34690 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34693 \begin_layout Standard
34694 When using the menu entry
34697 \begin_inset space ~
34702 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
34706 \begin_inset space ~
34710 \begin_inset space ~
34715 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
34716 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
34719 \begin_layout Subsection
34721 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34730 \begin_layout Standard
34731 You can export your document to various file formats.
34732 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34733 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34734 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34737 \begin_layout Standard
34738 Here is a list of all available entries
34739 \change_deleted 1 1262887786
34740 ; they are explained in detail in section
34741 \begin_inset space ~
34745 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34747 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34752 \change_inserted 1 1262887786
34758 \begin_layout Description
34762 \begin_inset space ~
34767 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34769 \change_deleted 1 1262887560
34771 \change_inserted 1 1262887561
34773 \begin_inset Newline newline
34779 \change_deleted 1 1262887562
34782 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
34783 \change_deleted 1 1262887564
34789 \begin_layout Description
34795 \change_inserted 1 1262887797
34797 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34798 LatexCommand prettyref
34799 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34808 \begin_layout Description
34810 \change_inserted 1 1262887568
34812 \begin_inset Newline newline
34816 \change_deleted 1 1262887572
34818 \change_inserted 1 1262887573
34822 \change_inserted 1 1262887602
34824 \change_deleted 1 1262887603
34828 \change_inserted 1 1262887606
34830 \change_deleted 1 1262887609
34834 \change_inserted 1 1262887612
34837 a third-party product and
34838 \change_inserted 1 1262887674
34840 \change_deleted 1 1262887617
34844 \change_inserted 1 1262887618
34846 \change_deleted 1 1262887618
34852 \begin_layout Description
34854 \begin_inset space ~
34858 \begin_inset space ~
34861 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34865 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34873 \begin_layout Description
34880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34888 \begin_inset space ~
34893 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34894 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
34898 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34901 \begin_layout Description
34908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34916 \begin_inset space ~
34921 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34922 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34930 \begin_layout Description
34932 \begin_inset space ~
34935 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34943 is replaced by the version number)
34944 \change_inserted 1 1262887695
34948 \begin_layout Description
34950 \change_inserted 1 1262887844
34951 LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine (see
34952 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34953 LatexCommand prettyref
34954 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34963 \begin_layout Description
34964 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34977 \change_inserted 1 1262887646
34979 \begin_inset Newline newline
34983 \change_deleted 1 1262887649
34985 \change_inserted 1 1262887649
34989 \change_inserted 1 1262887652
34991 \change_deleted 1 1262887652
34995 \change_inserted 1 1262887656
34997 \change_deleted 1 1262887654
35001 \change_inserted 1 1262887659
35004 a third-party product and
35005 \change_inserted 1 1262887665
35007 \change_deleted 1 1262887667
35011 \change_inserted 1 1262887669
35013 \change_deleted 1 1262887670
35019 \begin_layout Description
35023 \begin_inset space ~
35028 PDF-format using the program
35031 \change_inserted 1 1262887911
35035 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35036 LatexCommand prettyref
35037 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
35046 \begin_layout Description
35050 \begin_inset space ~
35055 PDF-format using the program
35058 \change_inserted 1 1262887913
35062 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35063 LatexCommand prettyref
35064 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
35073 \begin_layout Description
35077 \begin_inset space ~
35082 PDF-format using the program
35085 \change_inserted 1 1262887914
35089 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35090 LatexCommand prettyref
35091 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
35100 \begin_layout Description
35104 \begin_inset space ~
35112 \begin_layout Description
35116 \begin_inset space ~
35120 \begin_inset space ~
35125 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
35126 and then exported as text using the program
35131 \begin_layout Description
35136 PostScript format using the program
35139 \change_inserted 1 1262887921
35143 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35144 LatexCommand prettyref
35145 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
35154 \begin_layout Description
35162 \begin_layout Standard
35167 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
35168 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
35174 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
35177 \begin_layout Standard
35178 If one of the menu entries
35185 \begin_inset space ~
35194 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35195 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35196 \begin_inset space ~
35200 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35202 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35207 \begin_inset Index idx
35210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35211 Reconfiguration of LyX
35219 \begin_layout Standard
35224 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
35225 the export program.
35228 \begin_layout Subsection
35232 \begin_layout Standard
35233 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
35234 format or send it to a printer.
35235 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
35236 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
35242 For more information have a look at section
35243 \begin_inset space ~
35247 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35249 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
35256 \begin_layout Subsection
35260 \begin_layout Standard
35261 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
35262 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
35263 prefix, see section
35264 \begin_inset space ~
35268 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35270 reference "sec:Paths"
35275 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
35284 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
35285 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
35286 \begin_inset space ~
35290 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35292 reference "sub:Converters"
35299 \begin_layout Subsection
35300 New and Close Window
35303 \begin_layout Standard
35304 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
35307 \begin_layout Subsection
35311 \begin_layout Standard
35312 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
35315 \begin_layout Section
35317 \begin_inset Index idx
35320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35329 \begin_layout Subsection
35333 \begin_layout Standard
35334 Described in section
35335 \begin_inset space ~
35339 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35341 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
35348 \begin_layout Subsection
35349 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
35352 \begin_layout Standard
35353 Described in section
35354 \begin_inset space ~
35358 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35360 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35367 \begin_layout Subsection
35371 \begin_layout Standard
35372 Selects the whole document.
35375 \begin_layout Subsection
35379 \begin_layout Standard
35380 Described in section
35381 \begin_inset space ~
35385 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35387 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35394 \begin_layout Subsection
35395 Move Paragraph Up/Down
35398 \begin_layout Standard
35399 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
35403 \begin_layout Subsection
35407 \begin_layout Standard
35408 Described in section
35409 \begin_inset space ~
35413 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35415 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
35422 \begin_layout Subsection
35424 \begin_inset Index idx
35427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35428 Paragraph ! Settings
35436 \begin_layout Standard
35437 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
35438 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
35441 \begin_layout Standard
35442 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
35443 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
35445 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35451 \begin_inset space ~
35459 \begin_layout Subsection
35460 Table Settings and Math
35463 \begin_layout Standard
35464 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
35466 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
35467 The properties of tables are described in section
35468 \begin_inset space ~
35472 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35474 reference "sec:Tables"
35478 , the properties of formulas in chapter
35479 \begin_inset space ~
35483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35485 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35492 \begin_layout Subsection
35493 Increase / Decrease List Depth
35496 \begin_layout Standard
35497 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
35498 that can be nested.
35499 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
35500 \begin_inset space ~
35504 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35506 reference "sec:Nesting"
35511 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35513 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
35520 \begin_layout Section
35522 \begin_inset Index idx
35525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35534 \begin_layout Standard
35539 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
35540 document with an external program.
35541 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
35542 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
35543 All possible formats are formats listed in section
35544 \begin_inset space ~
35548 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35550 reference "sub:Export"
35555 You should at least see the menu entries
35562 \begin_inset space ~
35568 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35569 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35570 \begin_inset space ~
35574 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35576 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35581 \begin_inset Index idx
35584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35585 Reconfiguration of LyX
35593 \begin_layout Standard
35594 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
35595 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
35596 \begin_inset space ~
35600 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35602 reference "sec:File-Formats"
35607 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
35610 \begin_layout Standard
35611 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
35614 At the bottom of the
35618 menu the opened documents are listed.
35621 \begin_layout Subsection
35622 Open/Close all Insets
35625 \begin_layout Standard
35626 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
35629 \begin_layout Subsection
35630 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
35633 \begin_layout Standard
35634 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
35637 \begin_layout Standard
35638 Math macros are described in the
35645 \begin_layout Subsection
35649 \begin_layout Standard
35650 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
35652 \begin_inset space ~
35656 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35658 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35665 \begin_layout Subsection
35669 \begin_layout Standard
35670 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
35671 opening a new view window.
35674 \begin_layout Subsection
35678 \begin_layout Standard
35679 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
35680 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
35681 view the same document, but at different positions.
35682 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
35683 or more documents at the same time.
35684 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
35691 \begin_layout Subsection
35695 \begin_layout Standard
35696 Closes a split view.
35699 \begin_layout Subsection
35703 \begin_layout Standard
35704 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
35705 so that you will see nothing but your text.
35706 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
35707 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
35708 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the the context menu.
35711 \begin_layout Subsection
35713 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35715 name "sub:Toolbars"
35720 \begin_inset Index idx
35723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35732 \begin_layout Standard
35733 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
35734 All toolbars and the
35737 \begin_inset space ~
35742 can be turned on and off.
35747 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35759 \begin_inset space ~
35768 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35772 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35779 \begin_layout Standard
35784 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35788 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35789 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35790 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35791 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35792 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35795 \begin_layout Standard
35796 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
35797 \begin_inset space ~
35801 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35803 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35810 \begin_layout Section
35812 \begin_inset Index idx
35815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35824 \begin_layout Subsection
35828 \begin_layout Standard
35829 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35830 \begin_inset space ~
35834 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35836 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35847 \begin_layout Subsection
35849 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35851 name "sub:Special-Character"
35858 \begin_layout Standard
35859 Here you can insert the following characters:
35862 \begin_layout Description
35863 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35864 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35865 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35866 \begin_inset Newline newline
35870 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35878 Not all characters will be visible in the
35882 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
35884 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35888 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35890 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35894 ) can display every character.
35902 \begin_layout Description
35903 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35907 \begin_layout Description
35909 \begin_inset space ~
35913 \begin_inset space ~
35916 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35917 \begin_inset space ~
35921 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35923 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35930 \begin_layout Description
35932 \begin_inset space ~
35935 Quote Inserts this quote:
35936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35939 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35941 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35951 \begin_layout Description
35953 \begin_inset space ~
35956 Quote Inserts this quote:
35957 \begin_inset Quotes els
35963 \begin_layout Description
35965 \begin_inset space ~
35968 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35972 \begin_layout Description
35974 \begin_inset space ~
35977 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35981 \begin_layout Description
35983 \begin_inset space ~
35986 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35990 \begin_layout Description
35992 \begin_inset space ~
35996 \begin_inset Index idx
35999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36006 \begin_inset Index idx
36009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36010 Language ! Phonetic symbols
36015 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
36016 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
36017 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
36022 \begin_inset Index idx
36025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36026 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
36032 \begin_inset Newline newline
36035 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
36039 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36047 and this Wiki-page:
36048 \begin_inset Newline newline
36052 \begin_inset Flex URL
36055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36057 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
36065 \begin_layout Subsection
36069 \begin_layout Standard
36070 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
36073 \begin_layout Description
36074 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
36075 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
36081 \begin_layout Description
36082 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
36083 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
36089 \begin_layout Description
36091 \begin_inset space ~
36094 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
36095 \begin_inset space ~
36099 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36101 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
36108 \begin_layout Description
36110 \begin_inset space ~
36113 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
36114 \begin_inset space ~
36118 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36120 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
36127 \begin_layout Description
36129 \begin_inset space ~
36132 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
36133 \begin_inset space ~
36137 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36139 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
36146 \begin_layout Description
36148 \begin_inset space ~
36151 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
36152 \begin_inset space ~
36156 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36158 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
36165 \begin_layout Description
36167 \begin_inset space ~
36170 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
36171 \begin_inset space ~
36175 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36177 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
36184 \begin_layout Description
36186 \begin_inset space ~
36189 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
36190 \begin_inset space ~
36194 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36196 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
36203 \begin_layout Description
36205 \begin_inset space ~
36208 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
36209 \begin_inset space ~
36213 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36215 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
36222 \begin_layout Description
36224 \begin_inset space ~
36227 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
36228 \begin_inset space ~
36232 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36234 reference "sub:Ligatures"
36241 \begin_layout Description
36243 \begin_inset space ~
36247 \begin_inset space ~
36250 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
36251 \begin_inset space ~
36255 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36257 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
36264 \begin_layout Description
36266 \begin_inset space ~
36269 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
36270 text line to the page border, see section
36271 \begin_inset space ~
36275 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36277 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
36284 \begin_layout Description
36286 \begin_inset space ~
36289 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
36290 \begin_inset space ~
36294 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36296 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36303 \begin_layout Description
36305 \begin_inset space ~
36308 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
36309 text page to the page border, described in section
36310 \begin_inset space ~
36314 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36316 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36323 \begin_layout Description
36325 \begin_inset space ~
36328 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
36329 \begin_inset space ~
36333 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36335 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36342 \begin_layout Description
36344 \begin_inset space ~
36348 \begin_inset space ~
36351 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
36352 \begin_inset space ~
36356 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36358 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36365 \begin_layout Subsection
36369 \begin_layout Standard
36370 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
36371 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
36373 \begin_inset space ~
36377 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36379 reference "sec:toc"
36384 The index list is described in section
36385 \begin_inset space ~
36389 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36391 reference "sec:Index"
36395 , the nomenclature in section
36396 \begin_inset space ~
36400 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36402 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36406 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
36407 \begin_inset space ~
36411 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36413 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
36420 \begin_layout Subsection
36424 \begin_layout Standard
36425 To insert floats, described in section
36426 \begin_inset space ~
36430 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36432 reference "sec:Floats"
36439 \begin_layout Subsection
36443 \begin_layout Standard
36444 To insert notes, described in section
36445 \begin_inset space ~
36449 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36451 reference "sec:Notes"
36458 \begin_layout Subsection
36462 \begin_layout Standard
36463 Inserts branch insets as described in section
36464 \begin_inset space ~
36468 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36470 reference "sec:Branches"
36477 \begin_layout Subsection
36481 \begin_layout Standard
36482 Inserts document class-specific insets.
36483 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
36485 An example is the document class
36486 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36493 with three custom insets.
36496 Flex insets and InsetLayout
36502 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
36505 \begin_layout Subsection
36507 \begin_inset Index idx
36510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36519 \begin_layout Standard
36520 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
36521 files in your document.
36522 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
36533 \begin_layout Subsection
36535 \begin_inset Index idx
36538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36547 \begin_layout Standard
36548 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
36549 \begin_inset space ~
36553 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36555 reference "sec:Minipages"
36560 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
36571 \begin_layout Subsection
36575 \begin_layout Standard
36576 Inserts a citation as described in section
36577 \begin_inset space ~
36581 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36583 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36590 \begin_layout Subsection
36594 \begin_layout Standard
36595 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
36596 \begin_inset space ~
36600 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36602 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36609 \begin_layout Subsection
36613 \begin_layout Standard
36614 Inserts a label as described in section
36615 \begin_inset space ~
36619 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36621 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36628 \begin_layout Subsection
36630 \begin_inset Index idx
36633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36640 \begin_inset Index idx
36643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36644 Longtables ! Caption
36652 \begin_layout Standard
36653 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
36654 Floats are described in section
36655 \begin_inset space ~
36659 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36661 reference "sec:Floats"
36665 , captions in longtables are described in the section
36676 \begin_layout Subsection
36680 \begin_layout Standard
36681 Inserts an index entry as described in section
36682 \begin_inset space ~
36686 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36688 reference "sec:Index"
36695 \begin_layout Subsection
36699 \begin_layout Standard
36700 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
36701 \begin_inset space ~
36705 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36707 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36714 \begin_layout Subsection
36718 \begin_layout Standard
36720 Tables are described in section
36721 \begin_inset space ~
36725 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36727 reference "sec:Tables"
36734 \begin_layout Subsection
36738 \begin_layout Standard
36740 Graphics are described in section
36741 \begin_inset space ~
36745 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36747 reference "sec:Graphics"
36754 \begin_layout Subsection
36758 \begin_layout Standard
36759 Inserts an URL as described in section
36760 \begin_inset space ~
36764 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36766 reference "sub:URLs"
36773 \begin_layout Subsection
36777 \begin_layout Standard
36778 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
36779 \begin_inset space ~
36783 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36785 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
36792 \begin_layout Subsection
36796 \begin_layout Standard
36797 Inserts a footnote, see section
36798 \begin_inset space ~
36802 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36804 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36811 \begin_layout Subsection
36815 \begin_layout Standard
36816 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36817 \begin_inset space ~
36821 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36823 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36830 \begin_layout Subsection
36834 \begin_layout Standard
36835 Inserts a short title, see section
36836 \begin_inset space ~
36840 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36842 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36849 \begin_layout Subsection
36853 \begin_layout Standard
36854 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36855 \begin_inset space ~
36859 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36861 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36868 \begin_layout Subsection
36870 \begin_inset Index idx
36873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36882 \begin_layout Standard
36883 Inserts a program listings box.
36884 Program listings are explained in the chapter
36886 Program Code Listings
36895 \begin_layout Subsection
36899 \begin_layout Standard
36900 Inserts the actual date.
36901 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36903 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
36915 \begin_layout Section
36917 \begin_inset Index idx
36920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36929 \begin_layout Standard
36930 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36931 \begin_inset space ~
36934 of the current document.
36935 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36938 \begin_layout Subsection
36942 \begin_layout Standard
36943 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36944 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
36946 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36950 \begin_inset space \space{}
36954 \begin_inset space ~
36958 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36959 \begin_inset space ~
36962 2.5 and use the menu
36965 \begin_inset space ~
36969 \begin_inset space ~
36976 \begin_inset space ~
36982 \begin_inset space ~
36986 \begin_inset space ~
36992 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
36996 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
37002 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
37008 \begin_layout Standard
37009 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
37010 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
37013 \begin_layout Subsection
37014 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
37017 \begin_layout Standard
37018 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
37022 \begin_layout Subsection
37026 \begin_layout Standard
37027 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
37028 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
37029 on a cross-reference box.
37032 \begin_layout Section
37034 \begin_inset Index idx
37037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37046 \begin_layout Subsection
37050 \begin_layout Standard
37051 Change Tracking is described in section
37052 \begin_inset space ~
37056 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37058 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
37065 \begin_layout Subsection
37070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37080 \begin_layout Standard
37081 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
37083 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
37086 \begin_layout Standard
37087 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
37092 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
37095 \begin_layout Subsection
37099 \begin_layout Standard
37100 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
37101 \begin_inset space ~
37105 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37107 reference "sec:Navigating"
37112 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37114 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
37121 \begin_layout Subsection
37122 Start Appendix Here
37125 \begin_layout Standard
37126 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
37127 position as described in section
37128 \begin_inset space ~
37132 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37134 reference "sec:Appendices"
37141 \begin_layout Subsection
37145 \begin_layout Standard
37146 Un/compresses the current document.
37149 \begin_layout Subsection
37153 \begin_layout Standard
37154 The document settings are described in appendix
37155 \begin_inset space ~
37159 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37161 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
37168 \begin_layout Section
37170 \begin_inset Index idx
37173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37182 \begin_layout Subsection
37186 \begin_layout Standard
37187 Spell checking is explained in section
37188 \begin_inset space ~
37192 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37194 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
37201 \begin_layout Subsection
37205 \begin_layout Standard
37206 The thesaurus is described in section
37207 \begin_inset space ~
37211 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37213 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
37220 \begin_layout Subsection
37222 \begin_inset Index idx
37225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37232 \begin_inset Index idx
37235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37244 \begin_layout Standard
37245 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
37246 highlighted document part.
37249 \begin_layout Subsection
37251 \begin_inset Index idx
37254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37263 \begin_layout Standard
37264 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
37267 \begin_layout Subsection
37269 \begin_inset Index idx
37272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37273 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
37277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37284 Reconfiguration of LyX
37288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37301 \begin_inset Index idx
37304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37305 Reconfiguration of LyX
37313 \begin_layout Standard
37314 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
37315 and needed programs it needs; see also section
37316 \begin_inset space ~
37320 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37322 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37329 \begin_layout Subsection
37333 \begin_layout Standard
37334 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
37335 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37339 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37341 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
37348 \begin_layout Section
37350 \begin_inset Index idx
37353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37362 \begin_layout Standard
37363 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
37367 \begin_layout Standard
37371 \begin_inset space ~
37376 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
37377 found by LyX (see also section
37378 \begin_inset space ~
37382 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37384 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
37391 \begin_layout Section
37393 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37395 name "sec:Toolbars"
37402 \begin_layout Standard
37403 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
37404 \begin_inset space ~
37408 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37410 reference "sub:Toolbars"
37417 \begin_layout Standard
37418 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
37419 This is described in the
37421 Additional Features
37426 \begin_layout Subsection
37428 \begin_inset Index idx
37431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37440 \begin_layout Standard
37441 \begin_inset Graphics
37442 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
37450 \begin_layout Standard
37451 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37457 \begin_layout Standard
37458 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37475 \begin_inset Note Note
37478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37479 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
37484 manual for more information.
37492 \begin_layout Standard
37493 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37499 \begin_layout Standard
37500 \begin_inset Tabular
37501 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
37502 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37503 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37504 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37510 \begin_inset Graphics
37511 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
37521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37525 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
37538 \begin_layout Standard
37539 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
37545 \begin_layout Standard
37547 \begin_inset Tabular
37548 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
37549 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37550 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37551 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37552 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37559 \begin_inset Graphics
37560 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
37561 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37576 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37583 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37588 \begin_inset Graphics
37589 filename ../images/file-open.png
37590 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37605 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37612 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37617 \begin_inset Graphics
37618 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
37619 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37634 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37641 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37646 \begin_inset Graphics
37647 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
37648 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
37657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37663 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37670 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37675 \begin_inset Graphics
37676 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37677 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37692 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37699 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37704 \begin_inset Graphics
37705 filename ../images/undo.png
37706 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37721 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37728 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37733 \begin_inset Graphics
37734 filename ../images/redo.png
37735 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37750 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37757 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37762 \begin_inset Graphics
37763 filename ../images/cut.png
37764 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37779 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37786 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37791 \begin_inset Graphics
37792 filename ../images/copy.png
37793 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37808 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37815 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37820 \begin_inset Graphics
37821 filename ../images/paste.png
37822 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37837 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37844 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37849 \begin_inset Graphics
37850 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37851 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37852 rotateOrigin center
37861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37867 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37869 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37873 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37882 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37887 \begin_inset Graphics
37888 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
37889 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37890 rotateOrigin center
37899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37905 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37906 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37913 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37918 \begin_inset Graphics
37919 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37920 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37933 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37935 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37937 \begin_inset space ~
37948 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37953 \begin_inset Graphics
37954 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37955 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37968 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37970 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37972 \begin_inset space ~
37983 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37988 \begin_inset Graphics
37989 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37990 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38003 Formats text using the current settings in the
38005 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38007 \begin_inset space ~
38018 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38023 \begin_inset Graphics
38024 filename ../images/math-mode.png
38025 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38040 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38041 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38043 \begin_inset space ~
38052 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38057 \begin_inset Graphics
38058 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
38059 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38060 rotateOrigin center
38069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38075 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38082 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38087 \begin_inset Graphics
38088 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
38089 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38090 rotateOrigin center
38099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38105 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38112 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38117 \begin_inset Graphics
38118 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
38119 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38120 rotateOrigin center
38129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38133 Toggle outline window on/off,
38135 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38142 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38147 \begin_inset Graphics
38148 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
38149 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38150 rotateOrigin center
38159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38163 Toggle math toolbar on/off
38169 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38174 \begin_inset Graphics
38175 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
38176 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38177 rotateOrigin center
38186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38190 Toggle table toolbar on/off
38203 \begin_layout Subsection
38205 \begin_inset Index idx
38208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38217 \begin_layout Standard
38218 \begin_inset Graphics
38219 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
38227 \begin_layout Standard
38228 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38234 \begin_layout Standard
38235 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
38239 \begin_layout Standard
38240 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38246 \begin_layout Standard
38247 \begin_inset Tabular
38248 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
38249 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38250 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38251 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38252 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38257 \begin_inset Graphics
38258 filename ../images/layout.png
38259 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38260 rotateOrigin center
38269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38279 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38284 \begin_inset Graphics
38285 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
38286 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38287 rotateOrigin center
38296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38306 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38311 \begin_inset Graphics
38312 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
38313 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38314 rotateOrigin center
38323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38333 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38338 \begin_inset Graphics
38339 filename ../images/layout_List.png
38340 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38341 rotateOrigin center
38350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38360 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38365 \begin_inset Graphics
38366 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
38367 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38368 rotateOrigin center
38377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38387 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38392 \begin_inset Graphics
38393 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
38394 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38395 rotateOrigin center
38404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38410 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38412 \begin_inset space ~
38416 \begin_inset space ~
38425 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38430 \begin_inset Graphics
38431 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
38432 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38433 rotateOrigin center
38442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38448 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38450 \begin_inset space ~
38454 \begin_inset space ~
38463 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38468 \begin_inset Graphics
38469 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
38470 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38485 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38486 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38493 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38498 \begin_inset Graphics
38499 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
38500 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38515 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38516 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38523 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38528 \begin_inset Graphics
38529 filename ../images/label-insert.png
38530 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38545 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38552 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38557 \begin_inset Graphics
38558 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
38559 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38574 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38581 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38586 \begin_inset Graphics
38587 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
38588 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38603 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38610 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38615 \begin_inset Graphics
38616 filename ../images/index-insert.png
38617 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38632 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38634 \begin_inset space ~
38643 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38648 \begin_inset Graphics
38649 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
38650 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38665 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38667 \begin_inset space ~
38676 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38681 \begin_inset Graphics
38682 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
38683 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38698 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38705 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38710 \begin_inset Graphics
38711 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38712 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38713 rotateOrigin center
38722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38728 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38730 \begin_inset space ~
38739 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38744 \begin_inset Graphics
38745 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38746 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38761 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38762 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38764 \begin_inset space ~
38773 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38778 \begin_inset Graphics
38779 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38780 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38795 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38802 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38807 \begin_inset Graphics
38808 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38809 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38824 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38831 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38836 \begin_inset Graphics
38837 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38838 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38853 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38875 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38880 \begin_inset Graphics
38881 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
38882 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38897 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38898 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38905 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38910 \begin_inset Graphics
38911 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38912 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38927 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38928 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38930 \begin_inset space ~
38939 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38944 \begin_inset Graphics
38945 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38946 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38947 rotateOrigin center
38956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38962 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38964 \begin_inset space ~
38973 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38978 \begin_inset Graphics
38979 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38980 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38981 rotateOrigin center
38990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38996 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38998 \begin_inset space ~
39007 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39012 \begin_inset Graphics
39013 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
39014 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39015 rotateOrigin center
39024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39030 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39044 \begin_layout Subsection
39045 View / Update Toolbar
39046 \begin_inset Index idx
39049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39050 Toolbar ! View / Update
39058 \begin_layout Standard
39059 \begin_inset Graphics
39060 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
39067 \begin_layout Standard
39068 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39074 \begin_layout Standard
39075 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
39079 \begin_layout Standard
39080 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39086 \begin_layout Standard
39087 \begin_inset Tabular
39088 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
39089 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
39090 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39091 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39092 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39097 \begin_inset Graphics
39098 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
39099 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39100 rotateOrigin center
39109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39115 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39122 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39127 \begin_inset Graphics
39128 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
39129 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39130 rotateOrigin center
39139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39145 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39146 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39153 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39158 \begin_inset Graphics
39159 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
39160 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39161 rotateOrigin center
39170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39176 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39183 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39188 \begin_inset Graphics
39189 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
39190 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39191 rotateOrigin center
39200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39206 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39207 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39214 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39219 \begin_inset Graphics
39220 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
39221 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39222 rotateOrigin center
39231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39237 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39244 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39249 \begin_inset Graphics
39250 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
39251 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39252 rotateOrigin center
39261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39267 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39268 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39282 \begin_layout Subsection
39286 \begin_layout Standard
39287 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
39288 \begin_inset space ~
39292 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39294 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39298 , the table toolbar
39299 \begin_inset Index idx
39302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39312 manual, the math macro toolbar
39313 \begin_inset Index idx
39316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39329 \begin_layout Chapter
39330 The Document Settings
39331 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39333 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
39338 \begin_inset Index idx
39341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39342 Document ! Settings
39350 \begin_layout Standard
39351 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
39352 whole document and is called with the menu
39354 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39358 You can save your document settings as default with th
39360 e Save as Document Defaults
39362 button in the dialog.
39363 This will create a template name
39371 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
39375 \begin_layout Standard
39376 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
39379 \begin_layout Section
39383 \begin_layout Standard
39384 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
39386 Document classes are described in section
39387 \begin_inset space ~
39391 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39393 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
39398 Some classes use some class options by default.
39399 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
39403 and you can decide to use them or not.
39404 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
39405 recommended not to touch them.
39406 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
39412 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
39413 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
39418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39419 When you want one of the following drivers
39420 \begin_inset Newline newline
39423 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
39424 \begin_inset Newline newline
39427 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
39428 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39432 \begin_inset CommandInset href
39434 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
39446 \begin_layout Standard
39447 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
39448 child or subdocument.
39449 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
39450 without its master.
39451 This way child documents are always compilable.
39452 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
39463 \begin_layout Section
39467 \begin_layout Standard
39468 Modules are explained in section
39469 \begin_inset space ~
39473 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39475 reference "sub:Modules"
39482 \begin_layout Section
39486 \begin_layout Standard
39487 The document font settings are described in section
39488 \begin_inset space ~
39492 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39494 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
39501 \begin_layout Section
39505 \begin_layout Standard
39506 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
39508 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
39512 \begin_layout Standard
39513 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
39514 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
39515 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
39518 \begin_layout Standard
39519 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
39527 \begin_layout Section
39531 \begin_layout Standard
39532 A description of this menu is given in section
39533 \begin_inset space ~
39537 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39539 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
39544 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39546 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
39553 \begin_layout Section
39557 \begin_layout Standard
39558 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
39559 \begin_inset space ~
39563 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39565 reference "sub:Margins"
39572 \begin_layout Section
39574 \begin_inset Index idx
39577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39578 Language ! Encoding
39586 \begin_layout Standard
39587 The document language and quote styles are set here.
39588 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
39589 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
39590 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
39591 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
39592 known for a particular character).
39596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39597 The known commands are defined in a text file.
39598 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
39603 manual for details.
39611 \begin_layout Standard
39612 If you use the option
39616 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
39617 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
39618 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
39619 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
39620 exactly one encoding.
39621 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
39629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39630 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
39631 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
39633 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39634 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39648 \begin_layout Standard
39649 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
39650 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
39651 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
39652 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
39653 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
39654 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
39659 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
39660 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
39661 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
39664 \begin_layout Standard
39665 Here is a list with the important encodings:
39668 \begin_layout Description
39670 \begin_inset space ~
39674 \begin_inset space ~
39678 \begin_inset space ~
39685 , but the LaTeX-package
39690 \begin_inset Index idx
39693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39694 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39700 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
39701 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
39702 languages in TeX code.
39705 \begin_layout Description
39706 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
39707 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
39708 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
39711 \begin_layout Description
39713 \begin_inset space ~
39717 \begin_inset space ~
39720 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
39723 \begin_layout Description
39725 \begin_inset space ~
39729 \begin_inset space ~
39732 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
39735 \begin_layout Description
39737 \begin_inset space ~
39740 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
39743 \begin_layout Description
39745 \begin_inset space ~
39749 \begin_inset space ~
39752 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
39753 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
39756 \begin_layout Description
39758 \begin_inset space ~
39762 \begin_inset space ~
39765 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
39769 \begin_layout Description
39771 \begin_inset space ~
39775 \begin_inset space ~
39778 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
39779 ISO-8859-13 encoding
39782 \begin_layout Description
39784 \begin_inset space ~
39788 \begin_inset space ~
39792 \begin_inset space ~
39795 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
39796 \begin_inset space ~
39802 \begin_layout Description
39804 \begin_inset space ~
39808 \begin_inset space ~
39812 \begin_inset space ~
39815 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
39816 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
39819 \begin_layout Description
39821 \begin_inset space ~
39825 \begin_inset space ~
39828 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
39829 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
39830 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39831 \begin_inset space ~
39835 \begin_inset space ~
39841 \begin_layout Description
39843 \begin_inset space ~
39847 \begin_inset space ~
39850 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
39851 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
39852 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
39853 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39854 \begin_inset space ~
39858 \begin_inset space ~
39864 \begin_layout Description
39866 \begin_inset space ~
39870 \begin_inset space ~
39873 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
39876 \begin_layout Description
39878 \begin_inset space ~
39882 \begin_inset space ~
39885 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
39888 \begin_layout Description
39890 \begin_inset space ~
39894 \begin_inset space ~
39897 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
39900 \begin_layout Description
39902 \begin_inset space ~
39905 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
39908 \begin_layout Description
39910 \begin_inset space ~
39913 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
39916 \begin_layout Description
39918 \begin_inset space ~
39922 \begin_inset space ~
39925 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
39928 \begin_layout Description
39930 \begin_inset space ~
39934 \begin_inset space ~
39940 \begin_layout Description
39942 \begin_inset space ~
39946 \begin_inset space ~
39949 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
39952 \begin_layout Description
39954 \begin_inset space ~
39958 \begin_inset space ~
39964 \begin_layout Description
39966 \begin_inset space ~
39970 \begin_inset space ~
39973 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39978 \begin_inset Index idx
39981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39982 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39987 , when using this, set the document language to
39992 \begin_layout Description
39994 \begin_inset space ~
39998 \begin_inset space ~
40001 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40005 , when using this, set the document language to
40010 \begin_layout Description
40012 \begin_inset space ~
40016 \begin_inset space ~
40019 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40024 \begin_inset Index idx
40027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40028 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
40033 , when using this, set the document language to
40038 \begin_layout Description
40040 \begin_inset space ~
40044 \begin_inset space ~
40047 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40051 , when using this, set the document language to
40056 \begin_layout Description
40058 \begin_inset space ~
40062 \begin_inset space ~
40065 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40069 , when using this, set the document language to
40074 \begin_layout Description
40076 \begin_inset space ~
40079 (EUC-KR) for Korean
40082 \begin_layout Description
40084 \begin_inset space ~
40088 \begin_inset space ~
40092 \begin_inset space ~
40095 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
40098 \begin_layout Description
40100 \begin_inset space ~
40104 \begin_inset space ~
40108 \begin_inset space ~
40111 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
40112 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
40113 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
40116 \begin_layout Description
40118 \begin_inset space ~
40122 \begin_inset space ~
40128 \begin_layout Description
40130 \begin_inset space ~
40134 \begin_inset space ~
40137 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
40138 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
40141 \begin_layout Description
40143 \begin_inset space ~
40147 \begin_inset space ~
40150 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
40155 \begin_inset Index idx
40158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40159 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
40164 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
40167 \begin_layout Description
40169 \begin_inset space ~
40173 \begin_inset space ~
40176 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
40180 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
40188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40189 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
40190 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40204 \begin_layout Description
40206 \begin_inset space ~
40210 \begin_inset space ~
40213 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
40218 \begin_inset Index idx
40221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40222 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
40227 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
40230 \begin_layout Description
40232 \begin_inset space ~
40235 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
40240 \begin_inset Index idx
40243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40244 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
40250 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
40254 \begin_layout Description
40256 \begin_inset space ~
40260 \begin_inset space ~
40264 \begin_inset space ~
40267 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
40268 \begin_inset space ~
40274 \begin_layout Description
40276 \begin_inset space ~
40280 \begin_inset space ~
40284 \begin_inset space ~
40287 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
40288 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
40289 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
40293 \begin_layout Description
40295 \begin_inset space ~
40299 \begin_inset space ~
40303 \begin_inset space ~
40306 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
40307 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
40310 \begin_layout Section
40314 \begin_layout Standard
40315 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
40316 depth in the table of contents as described in section
40317 \begin_inset space ~
40321 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40323 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
40330 \begin_layout Section
40334 \begin_layout Standard
40335 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
40340 \begin_inset Index idx
40343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40344 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
40354 \begin_inset Index idx
40357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40358 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
40363 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
40368 \begin_inset Index idx
40371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40372 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
40377 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
40379 For a further description see section
40380 \begin_inset space ~
40384 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40386 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40393 \begin_layout Section
40397 \begin_layout Standard
40398 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
40399 and you can define additional indexes.
40400 Please refer to section
40401 \begin_inset space ~
40405 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40407 reference "sec:Index"
40414 \begin_layout Section
40418 \begin_layout Standard
40419 The PDF properties are explained in section
40420 \begin_inset space ~
40424 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40426 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
40433 \begin_layout Section
40437 \begin_layout Standard
40438 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
40443 \begin_inset Index idx
40446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40447 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
40457 \begin_inset Index idx
40460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40461 LaTeX-packages ! esint
40466 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
40469 \begin_layout Standard
40474 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
40475 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
40478 \begin_layout Standard
40483 is used for special integral characters.
40486 \begin_layout Section
40490 \begin_layout Standard
40491 The float placement options are described in section
40492 \begin_inset space ~
40496 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40498 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
40505 \begin_layout Section
40509 \begin_layout Standard
40510 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
40511 The itemize environment is described in section
40512 \begin_inset space ~
40516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40518 reference "sec:Itemize"
40525 \begin_layout Section
40529 \begin_layout Standard
40530 Branches are described in section
40531 \begin_inset space ~
40535 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40537 reference "sec:Branches"
40544 \begin_layout Section
40549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40559 \begin_layout Standard
40560 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
40561 to define LaTeX-commands.
40562 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
40563 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
40567 \begin_layout Standard
40568 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
40569 \begin_inset space ~
40573 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40575 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
40582 \begin_layout Chapter
40588 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40590 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
40595 \begin_inset Index idx
40598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40607 \begin_layout Standard
40608 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
40610 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40614 It has the following submenus.
40617 \begin_layout Section
40621 \begin_layout Subsection
40625 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40626 User Interface File
40627 \begin_inset Index idx
40630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40631 Customization ! of toolbars
40637 \begin_inset Index idx
40640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40641 Customization ! of menus
40649 \begin_layout Standard
40650 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40658 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
40667 \begin_layout Standard
40668 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
40669 interface (ui) file.
40670 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
40671 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
40680 Both files are loaded by the
40685 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
40686 files and edit the entries.
40689 \begin_layout Standard
40690 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
40702 entries must be ended with an explicit
40727 and in the case of the
40728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40740 The syntax for the entries is:
40743 \begin_layout Standard
40744 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40762 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40772 \begin_layout Standard
40774 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40777 All LyX-functions are listed in
40778 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40787 \begin_layout Standard
40788 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40794 \begin_layout Standard
40795 An example: Assuming you use the menu
40797 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40800 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
40804 \begin_layout Standard
40805 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40815 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40819 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40823 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40829 \begin_layout Standard
40831 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40834 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
40837 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40841 \begin_layout Standard
40844 Enable tool tips in main work area
40846 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
40850 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40854 \begin_layout Standard
40858 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40862 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40865 restoring of window layout and geometries
40867 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
40868 in the last LyX session.
40871 \begin_layout Standard
40874 Restore cursor positions
40876 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
40880 \begin_layout Standard
40883 Load opened files from last session
40885 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
40888 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40890 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40892 name "sub:Backup documents"
40897 \begin_inset Index idx
40900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40909 \begin_layout Standard
40914 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
40917 \begin_layout Standard
40922 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
40925 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40927 \begin_inset space ~
40935 \begin_layout Standard
40938 Open documents in tabs
40940 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
40944 \begin_layout Subsection
40946 \begin_inset Index idx
40949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40956 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40958 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
40965 \begin_layout Standard
40966 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
40969 \begin_layout Standard
40970 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40978 This section only deals with the fonts
40983 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
40986 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40987 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40998 \begin_layout Standard
40999 By default, LyX uses
41003 as roman (serif) font,
41011 (depends on the system) as
41014 \begin_inset space ~
41030 \begin_layout Standard
41031 You can change the font size with the
41036 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
41037 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
41040 \begin_layout Standard
41045 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
41046 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
41048 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41051 points have the size of 1
41052 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41056 \begin_inset space ~
41060 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41062 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
41069 \begin_layout Standard
41074 are the same as if a document font size of 10
41075 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41079 The sizes are explained in detail in section
41080 \begin_inset space ~
41084 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41086 reference "sub:Document-Font"
41093 \begin_layout Standard
41096 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
41098 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
41099 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
41100 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
41101 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
41103 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
41104 \begin_inset space ~
41110 \begin_layout Subsection
41112 \begin_inset Index idx
41115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41122 \begin_inset Index idx
41125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41134 \begin_layout Standard
41135 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
41136 Choose an item in the list and use the
41143 \begin_layout Subsection
41145 \begin_inset Index idx
41148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41157 \begin_layout Standard
41158 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
41161 \begin_layout Standard
41166 enables previewing snippets of your document.
41167 This feature is described in section
41168 \begin_inset space ~
41172 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41174 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
41181 \begin_layout Standard
41185 \begin_inset space ~
41189 \begin_inset space ~
41193 \begin_inset space ~
41198 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
41201 \begin_layout Section
41203 \begin_inset Index idx
41206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41215 \begin_layout Subsection
41219 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41223 \begin_layout Standard
41226 Cursor follows scrollbar
41228 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
41232 \begin_layout Standard
41235 Sort environments alphabetically
41237 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
41240 \begin_layout Standard
41243 Group environments by their category
41245 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
41248 \begin_layout Standard
41249 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
41261 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41265 \begin_layout Standard
41266 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
41271 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
41272 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
41276 \begin_layout Subsection
41278 \begin_inset Index idx
41281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41288 \begin_inset Index idx
41291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41292 Settings ! Shortcuts
41300 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41304 \begin_layout Standard
41305 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
41306 Several binding files are available:
41309 \begin_layout Description
41310 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
41313 \begin_layout Description
41314 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
41325 \begin_layout Description
41326 mac.bind set of bindings for
41329 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41337 \begin_layout Standard
41338 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
41342 , and bind files for special languages.
41343 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
41344 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41348 \begin_inset space \space{}
41352 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41356 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41360 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
41364 \begin_layout Standard
41365 Some bind-files, like
41369 , have only a small scope.
41370 When looking at the the end of the file
41374 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
41377 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41379 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41381 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
41386 \begin_inset Index idx
41389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41390 Key Bindings ! Editing
41398 \begin_layout Standard
41399 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
41400 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
41401 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
41404 Show key-bindings containing
41407 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
41408 Insert there for example as keyword
41409 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41413 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41416 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
41418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41422 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41426 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
41427 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
41431 that you will find in the
41438 \begin_layout Standard
41440 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41444 \begin_inset space \space{}
41455 , select the function and press the
41460 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
41461 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
41462 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
41463 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
41464 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
41466 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
41468 The binding for the function
41472 is an example of this.
41475 \begin_layout Standard
41476 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
41478 The syntax of the entries is:
41481 \begin_layout Standard
41487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41505 \begin_layout Subsection
41507 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41511 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41515 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41517 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
41522 \begin_inset Index idx
41525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41532 \begin_inset Index idx
41535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41536 Settings ! Keyboard Map
41544 \begin_layout Standard
41545 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
41546 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
41548 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41552 \begin_inset space \space{}
41555 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
41556 can use the keyboard map file named
41563 \begin_layout Standard
41564 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41572 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
41580 \begin_layout Standard
41581 Besides this, you can specify here the
41583 Wheel scrolling speed
41586 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
41590 \begin_layout Subsection
41592 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41594 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
41599 \begin_inset Index idx
41602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41611 \begin_layout Standard
41612 Input completion is described in sec.
41613 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41617 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41619 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
41624 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
41626 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
41627 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
41631 \begin_layout Section
41633 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41640 \begin_inset Index idx
41643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41650 \begin_inset Index idx
41653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41662 \begin_layout Description
41664 \begin_inset space ~
41667 directory This is LyX's working directory.
41668 It is the default when you
41679 \begin_inset space ~
41687 \begin_layout Description
41689 \begin_inset space ~
41692 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
41694 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41696 \begin_inset space ~
41700 \begin_inset space ~
41708 \begin_layout Description
41710 \begin_inset space ~
41713 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
41719 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41723 \begin_inset Newline newline
41727 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41739 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
41747 \begin_layout Description
41749 \begin_inset space ~
41753 \begin_inset Index idx
41756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41762 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
41763 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
41764 \begin_inset space ~
41768 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41770 reference "sub:Backup documents"
41778 will be used to save the backups.
41779 \begin_inset Newline newline
41782 The backup files have the ending
41783 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41787 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41793 \begin_layout Description
41798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41805 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
41806 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
41807 \begin_inset Newline newline
41811 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41819 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
41827 \begin_layout Description
41829 \begin_inset space ~
41832 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
41835 \begin_layout Description
41837 \begin_inset space ~
41840 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
41841 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
41842 to find it on the system.
41843 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
41844 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
41846 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41850 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41853 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
41854 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
41858 \begin_layout Section
41862 \begin_layout Standard
41863 Here you can insert your name and email address.
41864 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
41866 \begin_inset space ~
41870 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41872 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
41876 , to mark changes you make as yours.
41879 \begin_layout Section
41881 \begin_inset Index idx
41884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41885 Language ! Settings
41891 \begin_inset Index idx
41894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41895 Settings ! Language
41903 \begin_layout Subsection
41907 \begin_layout Description
41909 \begin_inset space ~
41913 \begin_inset space ~
41916 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
41917 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
41918 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
41919 You find the actual translation status here:
41920 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41922 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41923 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41930 \begin_layout Description
41932 \begin_inset space ~
41935 language is the language used in new documents
41938 \begin_layout Description
41940 \begin_inset space ~
41943 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
41945 The default is the LaTeX-command
41951 that loads the package
41959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41960 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
41961 \begin_inset space ~
41965 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41967 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
41977 \begin_inset Newline newline
41984 automatically translates in the background the text labels of documents
41985 to the document language.
41986 A text label is, for instance, the word
41987 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41991 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41994 at the beginning of every table caption.
41997 \begin_layout Description
41999 \begin_inset space ~
42002 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
42003 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
42004 An example is the start command
42010 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
42015 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
42030 selectlanguage{$$lang}
42035 \begin_layout Description
42037 \begin_inset space ~
42045 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
42046 command toggles the package on and off.
42049 \begin_layout Description
42051 \begin_inset space ~
42061 \begin_layout Description
42062 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
42063 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
42064 used by all LaTeX-packages.
42065 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
42072 \begin_layout Description
42074 \begin_inset space ~
42077 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
42079 When this option is not set, the
42082 \begin_inset space ~
42087 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
42088 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
42091 \begin_inset space ~
42099 \begin_layout Description
42101 \begin_inset space ~
42107 \begin_inset space ~
42113 When it is not set, the
42116 \begin_inset space ~
42121 is set to the end of the document.
42124 \begin_layout Description
42126 \begin_inset space ~
42130 \begin_inset space ~
42133 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
42134 language will be underlined blue.
42137 \begin_layout Description
42139 \begin_inset space ~
42143 \begin_inset space ~
42146 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
42147 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
42150 \begin_layout Description
42152 \begin_inset space ~
42155 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
42156 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
42157 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
42158 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
42161 \begin_layout Subsection
42165 \begin_layout Standard
42166 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
42167 \begin_inset space ~
42171 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42173 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
42180 \begin_layout Section
42184 \begin_layout Subsection
42186 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42193 \begin_inset Index idx
42196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42203 \begin_inset Index idx
42206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42215 \begin_layout Description
42217 \begin_inset space ~
42220 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
42221 The name will be used when the
42226 \begin_inset Newline newline
42230 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42238 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
42246 \begin_layout Description
42248 \begin_inset space ~
42252 \begin_inset space ~
42256 \begin_inset space ~
42259 printer This option works only for the
42264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42272 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42276 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
42277 This is an option only for dvips experts.
42280 \begin_layout Description
42282 \begin_inset space ~
42285 command is the command LyX
42286 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42290 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42293 LaTeX uses for printing.
42294 The default is on most systems
42301 \begin_layout Description
42303 \begin_inset space ~
42307 \begin_inset space ~
42310 Options Here you can specify printer options.
42311 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
42312 of the program that provides the
42319 \begin_layout Subsection
42321 \begin_inset Index idx
42324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42331 \begin_inset Index idx
42334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42335 Settings ! Date format
42343 \begin_layout Standard
42344 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
42345 \begin_inset Newline newline
42349 \begin_inset Flex URL
42352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42354 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
42360 \begin_inset Newline newline
42363 For example the format
42364 \begin_inset Newline newline
42368 \begin_inset Newline newline
42371 prints the date as day/month/year.
42374 \begin_layout Subsection
42378 \begin_layout Description
42380 \begin_inset space ~
42384 \begin_inset space ~
42387 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
42390 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42391 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42393 \begin_inset space ~
42399 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
42403 \begin_layout Description
42405 \begin_inset space ~
42408 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
42413 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
42414 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
42417 \begin_layout Subsection
42422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42430 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42432 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
42437 \begin_inset Index idx
42440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42449 \begin_layout Description
42454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42462 \begin_inset space ~
42465 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
42470 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
42492 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
42493 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42505 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
42506 LyX sets up in the background.
42507 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
42510 \begin_layout Description
42512 \begin_inset space ~
42516 \begin_inset space ~
42519 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
42524 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
42527 \begin_layout Standard
42528 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
42529 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
42530 manuals of the applications.
42531 Currently the following commands can be set:
42534 \begin_layout Description
42539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42547 \begin_inset space ~
42550 command Command for the program
42554 that is described in the section
42560 Additional Features
42565 \begin_layout Description
42570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42578 \begin_inset space ~
42581 command Command for the program
42585 that generates the bibliography, see section
42586 \begin_inset space ~
42590 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42592 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
42599 \begin_layout Description
42601 \begin_inset space ~
42604 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
42605 \begin_inset space ~
42609 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42611 reference "sub:Index-Program"
42618 \begin_layout Description
42620 \begin_inset space ~
42623 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
42624 \begin_inset space ~
42628 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42630 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
42637 \begin_layout Description
42639 \begin_inset space ~
42643 \begin_inset space ~
42647 \begin_inset space ~
42651 \begin_inset space ~
42654 options They only have an effect when the program
42658 is used as DVI-viewer.
42661 \begin_layout Standard
42662 There are additionally the following options:
42665 \begin_layout Description
42667 \begin_inset space ~
42671 \begin_inset space ~
42675 \begin_inset space ~
42679 \begin_inset space ~
42683 \begin_inset space ~
42686 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
42687 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42693 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42697 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42701 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42704 to separate folders.
42705 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
42706 \begin_inset Index idx
42709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42716 \begin_inset Index idx
42719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42728 \begin_layout Description
42730 \begin_inset space ~
42734 \begin_inset space ~
42738 \begin_inset space ~
42742 \begin_inset space ~
42746 \begin_inset space ~
42750 \begin_inset space ~
42753 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
42755 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42758 dialog when changing the document class.
42761 \begin_layout Section
42763 \begin_inset space ~
42767 \begin_inset Index idx
42770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42779 \begin_layout Subsection
42781 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42783 name "sub:Converters"
42788 \begin_inset Index idx
42791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42800 \begin_layout Standard
42801 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
42802 from one format to another.
42803 You can modify them or create new ones.
42804 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
42811 \begin_inset space ~
42821 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
42825 \begin_inset space ~
42830 drop-down list, modify the
42834 field, and press the
42841 \begin_layout Standard
42844 Converter File Cache
42846 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
42849 Maximum Age (in days
42852 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
42853 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
42856 \begin_layout Standard
42857 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
42858 the converter definition, is described in the section
42869 \begin_layout Subsection
42871 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42873 name "sec:File-Formats"
42878 \begin_inset Index idx
42881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42888 \begin_inset Index idx
42891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42900 \begin_layout Standard
42901 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
42902 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
42906 \begin_layout Standard
42907 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
42908 is described in the section
42919 \begin_layout Standard
42920 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
42921 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
42922 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
42923 This is done by specifying a
42928 More about this is described in the section
42939 \begin_layout Chapter
42940 Units available in LyX
42941 \begin_inset Index idx
42944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42951 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42953 name "cha:Units-available-in"
42960 \begin_layout Standard
42961 To understand the units described in this documentation,
42962 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42964 reference "cap:Units"
42968 explains all units available in LyX.
42971 \begin_layout Standard
42972 \begin_inset Float table
42978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42979 \begin_inset Caption
42981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42982 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42997 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
43003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43005 \begin_inset Tabular
43006 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
43007 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
43008 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
43009 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
43011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43105 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43109 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43133 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43137 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43160 scaled point (65536
43161 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43165 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43189 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43193 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43217 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43221 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
43225 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43249 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43253 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43276 % of original image width
43283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43465 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43469 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43490 \begin_layout Chapter
43492 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43501 \begin_layout Standard
43502 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
43503 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
43506 \begin_layout Itemize
43509 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
43512 \begin_layout Itemize
43518 \begin_layout Itemize
43524 \begin_layout Itemize
43530 \begin_layout Itemize
43536 \begin_layout Itemize
43542 \begin_layout Itemize
43548 \begin_layout Itemize
43554 \begin_layout Itemize
43557 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
43560 \begin_layout Itemize
43566 \begin_layout Itemize
43572 \begin_layout Itemize
43578 \begin_layout Itemize
43584 \begin_layout Itemize
43590 \begin_layout Itemize
43596 \begin_layout Itemize
43602 \begin_layout Itemize
43608 \begin_layout Itemize
43610 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
43619 \begin_layout Standard
43620 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43623 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
43630 \begin_layout Bibliography
43631 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43632 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43633 LatexCommand bibitem
43640 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43643 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
43648 \begin_inset Newline newline
43652 \begin_inset Flex URL
43655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43657 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
43665 \begin_layout Bibliography
43666 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43667 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43668 LatexCommand bibitem
43669 key "latexcompanion"
43673 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
43675 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
43678 Addison-Wesley, 2004
43681 \begin_layout Bibliography
43682 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43683 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43684 LatexCommand bibitem
43689 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
43692 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
43695 Addison-Wesley, 2003
43698 \begin_layout Bibliography
43699 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43700 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43701 LatexCommand bibitem
43708 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
43711 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
43714 \begin_layout Bibliography
43715 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43716 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43717 LatexCommand bibitem
43729 Addison-Wesley, 1984
43732 \begin_layout Bibliography
43733 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43734 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43735 LatexCommand bibitem
43741 \begin_inset Newline newline
43745 \begin_inset Flex URL
43748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43750 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
43758 \begin_layout Bibliography
43759 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43760 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43761 LatexCommand bibitem
43767 \begin_inset Newline newline
43771 \begin_inset Flex URL
43774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43776 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
43784 \begin_layout Bibliography
43785 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43786 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43787 LatexCommand bibitem
43793 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43795 name "Documentation"
43796 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
43805 \begin_inset Newline newline
43809 \begin_inset Flex URL
43812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43814 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
43822 \begin_layout Bibliography
43823 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43824 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43825 LatexCommand bibitem
43831 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43833 name "Documentation"
43834 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
43838 how to use the program
43843 \begin_inset Newline newline
43847 \begin_inset Flex URL
43850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43852 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
43860 \begin_layout Bibliography
43861 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43862 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43863 LatexCommand bibitem
43869 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43871 name "Documentation"
43872 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
43881 \begin_inset Newline newline
43885 \begin_inset Flex URL
43888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43890 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
43898 \begin_layout Bibliography
43899 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43900 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43901 LatexCommand bibitem
43907 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43909 name "Documentation"
43910 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
43919 \begin_inset Newline newline
43923 \begin_inset Flex URL
43926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43928 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
43936 \begin_layout Bibliography
43937 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43938 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43939 LatexCommand bibitem
43945 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43947 name "Documentation"
43948 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
43952 of the LaTeX-package
43957 \begin_inset Index idx
43960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43961 LaTeX-packages ! caption
43967 \begin_inset Newline newline
43971 \begin_inset Flex URL
43974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43976 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
43984 \begin_layout Bibliography
43985 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43986 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43987 LatexCommand bibitem
43993 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43995 name "Documentation"
43996 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
44000 of the LaTeX-package
44005 \begin_inset Index idx
44008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44009 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
44015 \begin_inset Newline newline
44019 \begin_inset Flex URL
44022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44024 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
44032 \begin_layout Bibliography
44033 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44034 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44035 LatexCommand bibitem
44043 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44045 name "Documentation"
44046 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
44052 of the LaTeX-package
44057 \begin_inset Index idx
44060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44061 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
44067 \begin_inset Newline newline
44071 \begin_inset Flex URL
44074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44076 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
44084 \begin_layout Bibliography
44085 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44086 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44087 LatexCommand bibitem
44093 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44095 name "Documentation"
44096 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
44100 of the LaTeX-package
44105 \begin_inset Index idx
44108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44109 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
44115 \begin_inset Newline newline
44119 \begin_inset Flex URL
44122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44124 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
44132 \begin_layout Bibliography
44133 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44134 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44135 LatexCommand bibitem
44141 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44143 name "Documentation"
44144 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
44148 of the LaTeX-package
44153 \begin_inset Index idx
44156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44157 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
44163 \begin_inset Newline newline
44167 \begin_inset Flex URL
44170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44172 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
44180 \begin_layout Bibliography
44181 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44182 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44183 LatexCommand bibitem
44189 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44191 name "Documentation"
44192 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
44196 of the LaTeX-package
44201 \begin_inset Index idx
44204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44205 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
44211 \begin_inset Newline newline
44215 \begin_inset Flex URL
44218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44220 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
44228 \begin_layout Bibliography
44229 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44230 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44231 LatexCommand bibitem
44237 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44240 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
44244 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
44245 \begin_inset Newline newline
44249 \begin_inset Flex URL
44252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44254 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
44262 \begin_layout Bibliography
44263 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44264 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44265 LatexCommand bibitem
44271 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44274 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
44278 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
44279 \begin_inset Newline newline
44283 \begin_inset Flex URL
44286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44288 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
44296 \begin_layout Bibliography
44297 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44298 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44299 LatexCommand bibitem
44305 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44308 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
44312 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
44313 \begin_inset Newline newline
44317 \begin_inset Flex URL
44320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44322 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
44330 \begin_layout Bibliography
44331 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44332 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44333 LatexCommand bibitem
44339 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44342 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
44346 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
44347 \begin_inset Newline newline
44351 \begin_inset Flex URL
44354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44356 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
44364 \begin_layout Bibliography
44365 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44366 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44367 LatexCommand bibitem
44373 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44376 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
44380 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
44381 \begin_inset Newline newline
44385 \begin_inset Flex URL
44388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44390 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
44398 \begin_layout Bibliography
44399 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44400 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44401 LatexCommand bibitem
44407 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44410 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
44414 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
44415 \begin_inset Newline newline
44419 \begin_inset Flex URL
44422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44424 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
44432 \begin_layout Bibliography
44433 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44434 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44435 LatexCommand bibitem
44441 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44444 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
44448 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
44449 \begin_inset Newline newline
44453 \begin_inset Flex URL
44456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44458 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
44466 \begin_layout Bibliography
44467 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44468 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44469 LatexCommand bibitem
44475 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44478 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
44482 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
44483 \begin_inset Newline newline
44487 \begin_inset Flex URL
44490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44492 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
44500 \begin_layout Bibliography
44501 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44502 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44503 LatexCommand bibitem
44509 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44512 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
44516 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
44517 \begin_inset Newline newline
44521 \begin_inset Flex URL
44524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44526 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
44534 \begin_layout Bibliography
44535 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44536 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44537 LatexCommand bibitem
44543 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44546 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
44550 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
44551 \begin_inset Newline newline
44555 \begin_inset Flex URL
44558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44560 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
44568 \begin_layout Bibliography
44569 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44570 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44571 LatexCommand bibitem
44577 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44580 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
44584 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
44585 \begin_inset Newline newline
44589 \begin_inset Flex URL
44592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44594 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
44602 \begin_layout Bibliography
44603 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44604 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44605 LatexCommand bibitem
44611 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44614 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
44618 about new features in
44623 \begin_inset Newline newline
44627 \begin_inset Flex URL
44630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44632 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
44640 \begin_layout Standard
44641 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
44648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44675 \begin_inset Note Note
44678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44685 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
44686 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
44687 bibliography is the second one:
44695 \begin_layout Standard
44696 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
44697 LatexCommand bibtex
44698 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
44699 options "biblio/alphadin"
44706 \begin_layout Standard
44707 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
44710 \begin_layout Standard
44711 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
44712 LatexCommand printnomenclature
44718 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
44719 LatexCommand printindex